HomeMy WebLinkAbout9/6/13 project manualendoscopy2013
PROJECT MANUAL
Endoscopy Unit
Renovation
June 7, 2013
MH Project No. 13-01
RAPC Project No. 1217
PROJECT MANUAL
ENDOSCOPY UNIT RENOVATION
Mercy Hospital
Iowa City, Iowa
ARCHITECT:
Rohrbach Associates, P.C.
Commerce Center
325 East Washington, Suite 400
P.O. Box 2238
Iowa City, IA 52244-2238
Tele 319.338.9311
Fax 319.338.9872
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER:
Design Engineers, P.C.
8801 Prairie View Lane, Suite 200
Cedar Rapids, IA 52404
Tele 319.841.1944
Fax 319.841.0454
MH Project No. 13-01
RAPC Project No. 1217
BLANK PAGE
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
DOCUMENT 00 01 07
SEALS AND SIGNATURES
......................................................................................................................................................................
I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission
described below was prepared by me or under my direct
supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Registered
Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa.
Steven A. Rohrbach
Signature
Registration expires June 30, 2013 Reg. No. 2231
Pages or sheets covered by this seal:
Divisions 01 , 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10
Date issued:
......................................................................................................................................................................
I hereby certify that the portion of this technical submission
described below was prepared by me or under my direct
supervision and responsible charge. I am a duly Licensed
Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Iowa.
Amy M. Infelt
Discipline – Professional Engineer License No. 12187
Signature
Pages or sheets covered by this seal:
Divisions 21, 22, 23, 26, 27, 28
Date issued:
My license expires December 31, 2013
......................................................................................................................................................................
END OF DOCUMENT
Rohrbach Associates PCSEALS AND SIGNATURES
00 01 07-1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Rohrbach Associates PCSEALS AND SIGNATURES
00 01 07-2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
SECTION 00 01 10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 01 07 – Seals and Signatures
00 01 10 – Table of Contents
Division 00 -- Procurement and Contracting Requirements
00 22 13 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
00 41 13 – Bid Form
00 43 25 – Substitution Request Form
00 52 13 – Agreement Form
00 72 00 – General Conditions
00 73 00 – Supplementary Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
Division 01 -- General Requirements
01 11 00 – Summary of Work
01 26 05 – Contract Modification Procedures
01 29 70 – Applications for Payment
01 29 73 – Schedule of Values
01 31 19 – Project Meetings
01 34 00 – Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
01 45 23 – Testing and Inspecting Services
01 50 05 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
01 57 27 – Interim Infection Control Measures (IICM)
01 63 05 – Post-Bid Substitutions
01 73 29 – Cutting and Patching
01 77 23 – Contract Closeout
01 78 23 – Operation and Maintenance Data
01 78 36 – Warranties
01 78 39 – Project Record Documents
01 81 13 – Interim Life Safety Measures
Division 02 -- Existing Conditions
02 41 00 – Demolition
Division 03 -- Concrete (NOT USED)
Division 04 – Masonry (NOT USED)
Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Division 05 – Metals (NOT USED)
Division 06 -- Wood, Plastics, and Composites
06 10 00 – Rough Carpentry
06 20 00 – Finish Carpentry
06 41 00 – Architectural Wood Casework
Division 07 -- Thermal and Moisture Protection
07 84 00 – Firestopping
07 90 05 – Joint Sealers
Division 08 – Openings (NOT USED)
08 12 13 – Hollow Metal Frames
08 14 16 – Flush Wood Doors
08 42 43 – Intensive Care Unit / Critical Care Unit
08 71 00 – Door Hardware
08 80 00 – Glazing
Division 09 -- Finishes
09 21 16 – Gypsum Board Assemblies
09 51 00 – Acoustical Ceilings
09 65 00 – Resilient Flooring
09 72 00 – Wall Coverings
09 90 00 – Painting and Coating
09 96 00 – High-Performance Coatings
Division 10 – Specialties
10 11 24 – Tackable Wall Systems
10 21 23 – Cubicles
10 26 01 – Wall and Corner Guards
10 28 00 – Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories
Division 11 – Equipment (NOT USED)
Division 12 – Furnishings (NOT USED)
Division 13 -- Special Construction (NOT USED)
Division 14 -- Conveying Equipment (NOT USED)
Division 21 -- Fire Suppression
21 00 10 – Fire Suppression General Provisions
21 05 00 – Common Work Results for Fire Suppression
21 05 13 – Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression Equipment
21 05 53 – Identification for Fire Suppression Piping and Equipment
Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
21 10 00 – Water-Based Fire Suppression Systems
Division 22 – Plumbing
22 00 10 – Plumbing General Provisions
22 05 00 – Common Work Results for Plumbing
22 05 13 – Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment
22 05 19 – Meters and Gauges for Plumbing Piping
22 05 23 – General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
22 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 05 53 – Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment
22 07 00 – Plumbing Insulation
22 11 16 – Domestic Water Piping
22 13 16 – Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
22 40 00 – Plumbing Fixtures
22 45 00 – Emergency Plumbing Fixtures
22 61 13 – Medical Gas Piping for Healthcare Facilities
Division 23 -- Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC)
23 00 10 – HVAC General Provisions
23 05 00 – Common Work Results for HVAC
23 05 13 – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment
23 05 16 – Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping
23 05 19 – Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping
23 05 23 – General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping
23 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 53 – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
23 05 93 – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC
23 07 00 – HVAC Insulation
23 09 00 – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
23 21 13 – Hydronic Piping
23 31 13 – Metal Ducts
23 33 00 – Air Duct Accessories
23 36 00 – Air Terminal Units
23 37 13 – Diffusers, Registers and Grilles
Division 26 -- Electrical
26 00 10 – Electrical General Provisions
26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical
Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 3
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
26 05 19 – Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
26 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
26 05 33 – Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 05 53 – Identification for Electrical Systems
26 24 16 – Panelboards
26 27 26 – Wiring Devices
26 51 00 – Interior Lighting
Division 27 – Telecommunications
27 00 10 – Telecommunications General Provisions
27 70 00 – Nurse Call System
Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security
26 00 10 – Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions
26 05 00 – Fire Alarm & Detection Systems
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rohrbach Associates PC TABLE OF CONTENTS
00 01 10 - 4
DIVISION 00
PROCUREMENT AND
CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
SECTION 00 22 13
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Contractor equipment and material purchasing instructions.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Premier: Premier Purchasing Partners, LP is an alliance of healthcare systems and prequalified
equipment and material manufacturers/vendors who work together to reduce costs of
construction and maintenance for healthcare facilities.
1.03 OWNER REQUEST TO BIDDERS
A. In Mercy Iowa City's (Owner) on-going efforts to reduce costs, increase value, and improve the
environment, Premier agreements will be utilized to procure some of the products and
installation services for this project.
B. The Premier agreements select "Best In Class" for products and services. The financial
benefits of these agreements to the Owner are immense. The Premier agreements are
structured to provide the Owner with the best value for goods and services, reduce costs, and
decrease cycle time for their projects. Please honor the Owner's request by considering the
following business manufacturers/vendors.
C. The products offered by Premier vendors include the full offering of supplies, and installation
services. Additionally, all products are covered under Premier agreements and are specifically
designed for use in healthcare applications.
D. A representative from Premier (Russ Sylvester, 858-509-6446) is available to answer questions
about the agreement. If Bidders have any other questions regarding the Premier agreements,
please contact Sid Mills, Mercy Iowa City Director of Materials at 319-339-3654.
1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Premier is one of the largest healthcare alliances in the United States, with more than 215
owner systems that own or operate some 800 institutions, and have affiliations with another 900
hospitals.
B. Premier business partners will extend Premier pricing on materials and equipment directly to the
general contractor (or subcontractors) with the Premier member as the end user.
C. Premier business partners are chosen by a subcommittee of representatives from Premier
owner facilities who are actively involved in facilities management, construction and
engineering. Potential business partners undergo extensive evaluations including:
1. Price and quality of products and services.
2. Market leadership.
3. Percentage of installed base.
4. Capability of service organization.
5. Customer support.
D. In most cases, the due diligence process satisfies state and local government agency
requirements for competitive bidding.
Rohrbach Associates PC SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00 22 13 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR
A. Mercy Iowa City has a national accounts program with selected manufacturers and/or
distributors through Premier Purchasing Partners, LP. It is the request of the Owner that bids
be based on equipment and materials supplied by those manufacturers or distributors. All
bidders shall contact the vendor representatives listed in attached Schedule to obtain pricing on
the applicable equipment and materials. All such materials shall be purchased from the vendors
listed, delivered, and installed by the Contractor.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Order must be placed direct with the Williams Scotsman National Account Office.
B. When placing an order, if the member already knows the model number(s) and pricing
information, then a purchase order should be faxed to 215-369-9896. If the member does not
have this information or has any questions, please call Williams Scotsman National Account
Office at 800-292-9652, or email info@willscot.com. Members may also visit our web-site at
www.willscot.com for further information on products or concerns.
3.02 SCHEDULES
A. See attached List of Premier products and services following this section.
END OF SECTION
Rohrbach Associates PC SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00 22 13 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
NOTICE TO BIDDERS:
1.Proposal for construction must be submitted on a facsimile of the following form.
2.ALL BLANKS MUST BE COMPLETED.
BID FORM
Endoscopy Unit Renovation
:
Name of Bidder
BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE
2:00 PM local time on 27 June, 2013
:
TO(hereinafter called "OWNER")
:MERCY IOWA CITY
Engineering Office
500 East Market Street
Iowa City, Iowa 52245
In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting
Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision,
Endoscopy Unit
coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete
Renovation
in strict accordance with the Project Manual and Drawings dated June 7, 2013 including
Addenda numbered _____, _____ and _____, inclusive, prepared by Rohrbach Associates PC, for the Base
Bid Lump Sum of :
BASE BID DIVISION OR SPECIALTY
Dollars ($)
The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection
with any other person or persons bidding on the work.
The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents.
In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty
(30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to proceed or
a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the
thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the
contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the
Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in
accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project.
Respectfully submitted by:
Rohrbach Associates PC BID FORM
00 41 13 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Firm Name:
Business Address:
Signature:Date:
Printed Name: Telephone No:
Title: Fax No:
Rohrbach Associates PC BID FORM
00 41 13 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
DOCUMENT 00 43 25
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
1.0 ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL
1.1 Bidder’s Options:
A. For products specified only by reference standard, select product meeting that
standard, by any manufacturer.
B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select one of
the products or manufacturers named which complies with the technical
specifications. No substitutions will be allowed.
C. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturer, and stating “or
equivalent”, “or equal”, or “or Architect approved equivalent”, or similar wording,
submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer which is not
specifically named for review and approval.
D. For products specified by naming only one product or manufacturer, there is no
option, and no substitution will be allowed.
1.2 Substitutions:
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1. Substitutions for products may be made during the bidding period by submitting
completed substitution request form and substantiating product data/literature
to the Architect a minimum of ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for
receipt of bids.
2. The Architect will consider requests from the bidder utilizing this section for
substitution of products or manufacturers in place of those specified.
3. Requests submitted at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date for receipt
of bids will be included in an addendum, if deemed acceptable.
4. Substitution requests may be submitted utilizing a facsimile machine (FAX) or
as an e-mail attachment, if substitution request forms and substantiating data
are included.
B. Submit separate request for each substitution. Support each request with:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
requirements stated in contract documents:
a. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name and address.
b. Manufacturer’s literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been
used, and date of each installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with product specified,
listing significant variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
Rohrbach Associates PCSUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
00 43 25 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
4. All effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or products.
6. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
7. Availability of maintenance services, and sources of replacement materials.
C. Requests for substitution will not be considered for acceptance when:
1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of contract documents.
2. In judgment of the Architect, adequate product data/literature necessary for
complete evaluation was not submitted.
D. The Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitutions.
1.3 Bidder’s Representation:
A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other,
and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent
that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site
and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or
ambiguities discovered.
B. Bidders and sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding
documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine
days prior to the date for receipt of bids.
C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by
addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in
any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them.
1.4 Architect’s Duties:
A. Review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness.
B. Issue an addendum to identify accepted substitutions.
C. No verbal or written approvals other than by addendum will be valid.
1.5 Substitution Request Form:
A. The blank form is bound into this project manual following this section.
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached form, or a copy thereof, is
completed and included with the substantiating data.
END OF DOCUMENT
TO
: Rohrbach Associates PC
Rohrbach Associates PCSUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
00 43 25 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
325 East Washington Street, #400
Iowa City, Iowa 52240
Attention: William T. Downing, AIA, Project Architect
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product, instead of the specified item:
DWG. NO.DRAWING TITLE
SPEC. SECTIONSECTION TITLE
PARAGRAPHSPECIFIED ITEM
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION
:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to
that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer’s literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes
liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By
:
SignatureTitle
Print NameDate
FirmTelephone
Address FAX
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm to the above terms. Failure to provide
legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval.
For Use by ArchitectFor Use by Owner
RecommendedRecommended as NotedRecommendedRecommended as Noted
_____ _____ _____ _____
Not RecommendedReceived LateNot RecommendedReceived Late
_____ _____ _____ _____
Insufficient Data ReceivedInsufficient Data Received
_____ _____
ByDateByDate
Rohrbach Associates PCSUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
00 43 25 - 3
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Fill in Blanks Below
:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions indicated on the Drawings?
YesNoIf yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing
costs caused by the requested substitution?
YesNoIf yes, fully explain:
C. What effect does substitution have on other contracts or other trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer’s warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
SameDifferentExplain:
F. Reason for Request:
G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution: list significant variations:
H. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required)
Rohrbach Associates PCSUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
00 43 25 - 4
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
DOCUMENT 00 52 13
AGREEMENT FORM
AIA Document A102-2007 "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor – Where the
Basis of Payment is Cost Plus Fee", 2007 edition, is not bound within this Project Manual but is a part of
the contract documents.
END OF DOCUMENT
Rohrbach Associates PCAGREEMENT FORM
00 52 13 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
BLANK PAGE
Rohrbach Associates PCAGREEMENT FORM
00 52 13 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
DOCUMENT 00 72 00
GENERAL CONDITIONS
AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 2007 edition, is not bound
within this Project Manual but is a part of the Contract Documents.
END OF DOCUMENT
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC GENERAL CONDITIONS
00 72 00 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
BLANK PAGE
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC GENERAL CONDITIONS
00 72 00 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
SECTION 00 73 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 These Supplementary Conditions amend and supplement the General Conditions defined in
Document 00 72 00 and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All
provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect.
1.02 Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as and additions to the AIA
underscored italics
A201-2007 are indicated as " ".
bold italics
1.03 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General
Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions.
MODIFICATIONS TO AIA A201
2.01 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. Change Section 1.1.3 to read as follows:
1. 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract
Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools,
materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance, and all other services
provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The
Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all
work and materials, which any part of the Contract Documents requires Contractor
to provide.
B. Add the following Section 1.2.4:
1.1.2.4 Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all
sections of the specifications.
2.02 ARTICLE 2 - OWNER
A. Change Section 2.4.1 to read as follows:
1. 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from the
Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and
promptness, the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,
correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued
deductingthe Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor
entire
the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and
compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,
neglect, or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are
both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the
Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference
to the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Section shall not operate as a
release of any obligation of a surety.
2.03 ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR
A. Change Section 3.2.2 to read as follows
1. 3.2.2 Because the contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall,
before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract
Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the
Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions
related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it.
These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the
Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies
in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor
as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that
the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a
licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract
If the Contractor performs any construction activity involving a
Documents.
recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without
such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for such
performance and shall bear costs for correction. The Contractor shall perform no
portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required,
approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work.
B. Change Section 3.3.2 to read as follows:
1. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the
Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, material men and
suppliers, and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the
Work under a contract with the Contractor.
C. Change Section 3.4.1 to read as follows:
1. 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary
for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and
whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract
Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours, or should the
Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such
work shall be borne by the Contractor.
D. Add the following Sections 3.4.4 through 3.4.6
1.3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or
regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or
councils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular trades,
the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict
without delay or cost to the Owner, and without recourse to the Architect or the
Owner.
2.3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will
consider a written request from the Contractor for the substitution products in place
of those specified only under the conditions set forth in Section 01630 - Post
Competitive Quote Substitutions.
3.3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Section 3.4.4 above, the
Contractor:
a.represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed
product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that
specified.
b.represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the
substitution that the Contractor would for that specified.
c. certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs
under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims
for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become
apparent; and
d.will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes
as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects.
E. Change Section 3.7.2 to read as follows:
1. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall complyperform the Work in compliance with and give
notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or
lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
F. Change Section 3.7.3 to read as follows:
1. 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws,
statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities,
without the written approval and authorization of the Architect and Owner, the
Contractor shall assume full appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the
costs attributable and expenses of correcting or replacing such Workto correction.
G. Change Section 3.7.5 to read as follows:
1. 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor knowingly encounters and
recognizes human remains, burial markers, archaeological sites or previously
undelineated wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and
Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary
to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor
shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall
continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests
for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence or good
faith belief of such existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in
Article 15.
H. Change Section 3.13.1 to read as follows:
1. 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by
applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of
public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the
site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on
which the Project and Work are located will be occupied and in use by the Owner
during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its
work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not
be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted.
I. Change Section 3.17.1 to read as follows:
1. 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall
defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights patent rights and shall hold the Owner
and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such
defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer
or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations
are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or
Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,
process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be
responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and
the Owner in writing.
J. Change Section 3.18.1 to read as follows:
1. 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any
of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited
to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that
such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself)
including loss of use resulting there from, but only to the extent caused in whole or in
part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor,
anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be
liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part
by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,
abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a
party or person described in this Section 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Section 3.18.1 is
intended or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 3
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Section 3.18.1.
Nothing in the foregoing Section 3.18.1 is intended or shall be deemed to constitute
an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to
be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1.
K. Add Section 3.18.3 as follows:
1.3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Section 3.18 shall not extend
to the liability of the architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and
employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or
(2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the
Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them to the extent that
such preparation, approval or giving of directions or instructions are the primary
cause of the injury or damage.
2.04 ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
A. Change Section 4.1.2 to read as follows:
1. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in
the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written
consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.
B. Change Section 4.2.3 to read as follows:
1. 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably
informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to
the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent
construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies
observed in the Work. The Architect and the Owner will not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents. The Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of
and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their
agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
C. Change Sections 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows:
1. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's
Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certifyrecommend to the Owner
the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.
2. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work, which does not conform to the
Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for
implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have
authority to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the
Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is
fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a
decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give
rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material
and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions
of the Work.
D. Change Sections 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows:
1. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project
representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The
duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be
as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.
2. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner
regardingdecide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract
Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response
to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 4
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which
recommendations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with
this Section 4.2, then the Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such
reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the
professional judgment of the Architect for review.
3. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendationsdecisions of the Architect will be
consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will
be in writing or in the form of drawing. When making such interpretations and
recommendationsdecisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by
both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results
of interpretations or recommendationsdecisions rendered in good faith.
2.05 ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Change Section 5.3.1 to read as follows:
1. 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by
the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and
to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the
responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these
Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall
preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents
with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting
thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless
specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights,
remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract
Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub subcontractors. The Contractor
shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the
subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will
be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor
terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with
the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions
of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub subcontractors. All
warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied
warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor
and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided by law, shall run to and be for
the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against
the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties.
2.06 ARTICLE 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
A. Delete Section 6.1.4 in its entirety.
B. Change Section 6.2.4 to read as follows:
1. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully caused
to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate
contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5.
2.07 ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Change Section 7.2.1 to read as follows:
1. 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by
the Owner and Contractor, and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon
all of the following:
B. Add Section 7.2.3 as follows:
1.7.2.3A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments in
Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 5
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
related parts of the Work.
C. Add Section 7.2.4 as follows:
1.7.2.4 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for
Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed
the following amounts:
a.For the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces,
fifteen percent (15%) of the cost.
b.For the Contractor, for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten percent (10%)
of the amount due the Subcontractor.
c. For each Subcontractor, or Sub subcontractor involved, for any Work
performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost.
d.For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Sub-subcontractors, five
percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub subcontractor.
e.In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals,
except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be
accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and
Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be approved
without such itemization.
f. Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied
shall be those costs listed in Section 7.3.6.
2.08 ARTICLE 8 - TIME
A. Change Section 8.2.3 to read as follows:
1. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall
achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all
costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve
Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.
B. Add Section 8.2.4 to read as follows:
1.8.2.4If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at
times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or
subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any
point and shall transfer his men to such points and execute such portion of his work
as may be required to enable others to properly engage in and carry on their work.
C. Change Section 8.3.1 to read as follows:
1. 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the
Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a
separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by
labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes
beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation
and arbitration; or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then
the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the
Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a
basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole
remedy for such delay.
D. Delete Section 8.3.3 in its entirety.
2.09 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
A. Add the following Section 9.3.1.3.
1.9.3.1.3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial
waiver of lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly
payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by
the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 6
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
immediately preceding payment application to the extent of that payment.
Application for final payment shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the
Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers who have not previously furnished such
final waivers.
B. Change Section 9.4.1 to read as follows:
1. 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application
for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the
Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the
Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in
whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as
requiring the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment
applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending
claim, shall be tentative and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the
Architect to make any statement to this effect.
C. Add Section 9.4.2.1 as follows:
1.9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the
amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect
to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any other person.
D. Change Section 9.6.1 to read as follows:
1. 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make
partial payments to the Contractor on or about the 15th day of each month. To
insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each
payment amount or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a
sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until after
completion of all of the close out documents and for 30 days after the Owner’s
Board approves release of final retainage.payment in the manner and within the time
provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect.
2.10 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
A. Add Section 10.2.4.1:
1.10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials, or
equipment or unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner
reasonable advance notice, and also fully abide by any applicable policies and
procedures of the Owner.
B. Add Section 10.2.9:
1.10.2.9 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall
shore up, brace, underpin, and protect foundations and other portions of existing
structures, which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before
commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given
to adjoining landowners or other parties.
2.11 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS
A. Change Section 11.1.1.5 to read as follows:
1. 11.1.1.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or
destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to
underground utilities and loss of use resulting there from;
B. Change Section 11.1.2 to read as follows:
1. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits
of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is
greater. Coverage whethershall be written on an occurrence or claims-made basis and
shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until
the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 7
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor's completed operations coverage, until
the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance
of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents.
C. Add the following Sections 11.1.5 through 11.1.12:
1.11.1.5 Workers Compensation: The Contractor shall provide Workers
Compensation and Employers Liability insurance as required by applicable State
Law for all employees to be engaged in work at the site of the project and in case of
any such work sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to
provide such insurance. Policy must be endorsed to include a Waiver of
Subrogation in favor of the Owner.
2.11.1.6 General Liability Insurance: The insurance must be written under a
Commercial General Liability Occurrence Form with minimum limits of $1,000,000
Each Occurrence/$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury/$2,000,000 General
Aggregate/$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate. The policy
should also include the following coverages:
a.Premises Operations
b.Explosion and Collapse
c. Underground Damage
d.Broad Form Property Damage
e.Contractual Liability
f. Pollution - Sudden and Accidental including clean-up costs; this coverage shall
provide coverage for property damage and personal injury that arises out of
pollutants brought onto the job site by the Contractor or subcontractors.
g.Contingent Liability for operations performed on the Contractors behalf by
subcontractors.
h.Aggregate Limits per Project/per Location.
i.This policy shall also include Blanket Additional Insured with Primary/Non-
Contributory coverage for Additional Insureds. If the policy is not written under
blanket coverage, the policy shall be endorsed naming the Owner, Architect and
others identified in the General Conditions as Additional Insureds.
3.11.1.7 Asbestos Abatement Liability (if applicable): for the Contractor or
subcontractors involved in the removal of hazardous materials, etc., policy shall be
on an "Occurrence Basis" and the Owner named as an Additional Insured. Minimum
Limits shall be $1,000,000 Each Occurrence/$1,000,000 Aggregate - maximum
deductible $5,000.
4.11.1.8 Professional Liability: If any design work, in any capacity, is indicated, the
Contractor or Subcontractor shall be required to carry Professional Liability -
$1,000,000 limit of liability minimum.
5.11.1.9 Automobile Liability: This insurance shall be written on a standard
Business Automobile Policy with a Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 for bodily
injury and property damage as a minimum. Coverage shall be provided for all
owned, non-owned and hired automobiles. The policy form shall included
Broadened Pollution Liability.
6.11.1.10 Umbrella Liability: The Umbrella Policy shall be written with a Limit of
Liability of $2,000,000 per occurrence/$2,000,000 aggregate as a minimum. The
policy shall provide excess coverage on a Follow Form basis over the General
Liability, Automobile Liability and Employers Liability.
7.11.1.11 General Conditions:
a.All policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with 30 days notice of
cancellation or reduction in coverage.
b.All coverage shall be written with insurance carriers which have an A.M. Best's
rating of A- or better or with carriers approved by the Owner.
c. The insurance required by the Owner in no way represents protection from all
exposures to the Contractor. The Contractor may need to purchase other
insurance coverages, at the Contractor's expense, to provide further protection.
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 8
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
d.The Contractor shall require all subcontractors to certify insurance, which
meets all, outlined insurance requirements in the contract documents.
8.11.1.12 Certificate of Insurance: Prior to the start of work, a Certificate of
Insurance shall be provided evidencing all of the required coverages and limits as
outlined above.
D. Change Section 11.4.1 to read as follows:
1.11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material
Payment Bond from a surety and in a form acceptable to Owner, each in an amount
equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid.
Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost. Contractor shall deliver
the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement.
E. Delete Section 11.4.2 in its entirety.
F. Add the following Sections 11.4.1.1 through 11.4.1.6:
1.The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the
American Institute of Architect's Document A 312 (1984 Edition), with coverage
provided by a surety having a policy holder's rating of "A" and having a financial
rating meeting the financial requirement of this project.
2.Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default
under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full
payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined
in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's
default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor
to remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond.
3.These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force and
effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and
will cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the
Contract Documents.
4.The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt of a
declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or
defaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum
of the bond, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall
indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall
then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately
upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy
and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted
item of work, and (d) the performance of the work. The Surety shall not assert
solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its
failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the work.
5.The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such
damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any
respect to perform and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and
replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and
engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and
all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the Owner.
6.The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of
the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c)
furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or
documents, or (f) take any other action of any nature or description which is not
required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents.
G. Add the following Section 11.4.3:
1.11.4.3 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do
business in the state of Iowa.
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 9
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
2.12 ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
A. Change Section 13.3.1 to read as follows:
1. 13.3 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to
the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it
was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service
providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving notice.
B. Change Section 13.5.1 to read as follows:
1. 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as
required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes,
rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the
Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an
independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate
public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The
Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections
are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear
costs of (1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids
are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where
building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their
cost to the Contractor. Copies of all reports, data and other documents related to
tests, inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as
practicable.
C. Add the following to Article 13:
1.13.8.1 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows:
a.The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall not discriminate
against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion,
color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by
local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure
that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or
national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance.
Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment,
upgrading, demolition or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff
or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for
training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in
conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment,
notices setting forth the policies of non discrimination.
b.The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or
advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all
qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to
race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may
be required by local or state ordinance.
2.13 ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
A. Change Section 14.2.1.4 to read as follows:
1. 14.2.1.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents;
or
B. Add the following Section 14.2.1.5:
1.14.2.1.5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by
the Contract Documents.
C. Change Section 14.2.4 to read as follows:
1. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,
including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 10
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess
shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor
shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,
as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and
this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall
bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a
result of termination of the Contract.
2.14 ARTICLE 15 - CLAIMS AND DISPUTES
A. Change Section 15.1.1 to read as follows:
1. 15.1.1 DEFINITION A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the Parties seeking, as
a matter of right, payment of money, or other similar relief with respect to the administration
terms of the Contract during the performance of the Work. The term "Claim" also includes
other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or
relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party
making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner related to
the performance of or quality of the Work.
B. Change Section 15.1.3 to read as follows:
1. 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Pending final resolution of a
Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14,
the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner
shall continue to make payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract
Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates of Payment in
accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF DOCUMENT
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 11
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
BLANK PAGE
ROHRBACH ASSOCIATES PC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
00 73 00 - 12
DIVISION 01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
SECTION 01 57 27
INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Owner has designated this project to require Interim Infection Control Measures -
Class I, II, III or IV, depending on the location of the Work. Refer to the Drawings for
specific location required.
B. Healthcare-associated infections of immuno-compromised patients, staff and visitors may
be caused by exposure to airborne contaminates.
1. Construction, renovation and repair activities may generate suspended fungal
spores and/or bacterial contaminants from dust, debris and earthwork excavation
dust.
2. Fungal spores can be carried by air currents to remote locations within a facility.
3. Control of airborne contaminates in smoke, construction dust, debris and
excavation dust as required by this Section is imperative.
C. Interim Infection Control Measures (IICM) shall provide an appropriate level of safety
when there are conditions that increase the risk of healthcare-associated infections.
D. The Owner may provide baseline particle counts and conduct periodic air sampling of
protection areas during construction to monitor effectiveness of IICM.
E. Contractor shall comply with applicable codes and use installation procedures and
methods that satisfy applicable code requirements and procedures.
F. Contractor shall verify the maintenance of negative air pressure in containment area
relative to protection areas on a continuous basis by use of differential pressure monitors.
G. If the Contractor fails to maintain infection control procedures:
1. Owner may issue written warning or Non-Conformance Notice.
2. Contractor shall correct non-conformance immediately.
3. If situation is not corrected within eight (8) hours of receipt of warning or Non-
conformance Notice, the Owner will have cause to stop Work as provided in
Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner.
4. Failure of the Contractor to correct deficiencies may result in corrective action
taken by the Owner and deducting all cost associated with such work from the
Contract Amount.
H. If mold or asbestos are discovered during construction operations, the Contractor shall
stop work immediately in the area and notify the Owner’s Representative. Contractor
shall follow the recommendations of EPA Document “Mold Remediation in Schools and
Commercial Buildings” for mold control and removal.
I. Owner’s Representative shall be notified daily (within the first hour of work) of all sick
employees working on the project. Employees that are sick (such as upper respiratory
infection) and working shall wear personal protective equipment (PPE) such as a surgical
mask.
J. Contractor shall provide the infection control specified, including but not limited to plastic
enclosures, HEPA vacuum cleaners, negative air machines, sticky mats, closed
containers, special work cubicles, barriers and miscellaneous infection and dust control
items. Refer to the drawings for specific areas requiring IICM.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA): An assessment of health risk related to
construction, renovation or repair activities to determine with Interim Infection Control
Measures need to implement:
1. Construction Activity Type:
a. Type A: Inspection and Non-Invasive Activities.
1. Removal of ceiling tile for visual inspection limited to 1 tile per 50
square feet.
2. Painting (but not sanding).
3. Wall covering, electrical trim work, minor plumbing, and activities
which do not generate dust or require cutting of walls or access
to ceilings other than visual inspection.
b. Type B: Small Scale, Short Duration Activities.
1. Installation of telephone and computer cable.
2. Access to chase space.
3. Cutting of walls or ceilings where dust migration can be
controlled.
c. Type C: Moderate- to High-Level of Dust Generation.
1. Sanding of walls for painting or wall covering.
2. Removal of floor coverings, ceiling tile and casework.
3. New wall construction.
4. Minor ductwork or electrical work above the ceilings
5. Major cabling activities
6. Any activity which can not be completed within a single shift.
d. Type D: Major Demolition and Construction Projects.
1. Activities which require consecutive shifts.
2. Required heavy demolition or removal of complete cabling
systems.
3. New Construction.
2. Patient Risk Assessment:
a. Low: Office areas, general storage, parking decks, Volunteer Services,
Library, Medical Records, Engineering, meeting rooms, classrooms,
Environmental Services.
b. Moderate: Cardiology, Echocardiography, Endoscopy, Nuclear
Medicine, Physical Therapy, Radiology / MRI, Respiratory Therapy,
Clinic, long-term units, Materials Management, Admitting, computer
rooms, Morgue.
c. Medium: CCU, Emergency, Labor and Delivery, Laboratory, Newborn
Nursery, Out Patient Surgery, Pediatrics, Pharmacy, PACU, Surgical
Units, patient care areas, Dialysis, Respiratory Care, Food Service.
d. High: Any area caring for immuno-compromised patients, Burn Unit,
Cardiac Cath Lab, Central Sterile Supply, Intensive Care Units, Medical
Unit, Negative-Pressure Isolation Rooms, Oncology, Surgery
Departments, C-Section Rooms, Sterile Processing.
3. Construction Class Chart:
Class of Construction Activity Type
Precautions
Patient Risk Type A Type B Type C Type D
Group
Low I II II III / IV
Moderate I II III IV
Medium I II III / IV IV
High II III / IV III / IV IV
Infection Control approval will be required and procedures are necessary when
Construction Activity Type and Patient Risk Group indicates a Class III or IV.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 2
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
B. Airborne contaminant producing activities include, but are not limited to:
1 Demolition and removal of walls, floors, ceilings, and other finish materials.
2 Demolition of plumbing, mechanical and electrical systems and equipment.
3 Finish operations such as sanding, painting, and application of special surface
coatings.
4 All other construction activity that may generate dust, smoke or fumes.
5. Site work operations adjacent to occupied facilities.
C Primary Containment Area: The largest area of project work around which temporary
dust partitions are built.
D Secondary Containment Area: Areas of Work within the Protection Area outside of the
Primary Containment Area that requires a form of dust control.
E Protection Areas: Interior occupied areas within facilities, which are adjacent to a
Primary Containment Area, either occupied or used for passage, as well as areas
connected to construction area by mechanical system air intake, exhaust and ductwork.
F Preparation Area: Specific area located as designated by the Owner’s Representative for
donning and removing protective clothing prior to entering the Containment Area.
2.02 SUBMITTALS
A Project Information:
1. Submit drawings indicating Work areas and procedure for containment of
airborne contaminants for the Owner's review and approval.
a. Indicate locations of temporary enclosures, barriers, isolation vestibules,
negative air machines, exhaust fans, capped ductwork and airflow
direction indicator.
b. Drawings shall indicate, as a minimum, containment areas, protection.
areas, enclosure types, vestibules, location of negative air machines,
capped ductwork.
B. Specific means and methods of achieving and maintaining control of airborne
contaminants during construction for Owner’s review and approval.
C. Submit daily inspection reports, noting employees who are ill, on a weekly basis to the
Owner’s Representative.
D. Submit copy of HEPA/ULPA vacuum DOP test conducted by an independent testing
agency, dated within the past six (6) months.
E. Infection control construction permit for each work area for Owners assessment and
approval.
F. Submit Daily IICM inspections reports to Owner.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A HEPA/ULPA, Ultra-Low Penetration Air Vacuum Cleaners:
1. HEPA/ULPA vacuum shall trap 99.999% of particles 0.12 microns and larger.
Vacuum shall have a minimum air flow of 90 cfm.
2. Acceptable products:
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 3
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
a. ISC Sales "Minuteman Model CRV - 99.999%".
b. Nilfisk Advance.
c. Pro-Team "Vacer HEPA/ULPA Vacuum".
d. Architect approved equivalent.
B Polyethylene: 6 mil or 8 mil thick reinforced laminated polyethylene film; shall meet
requirements of NFPA 701 large scale flammability test and ASTM E84 Class A.
1. Include compatible fire retardant tape.
2. Acceptable products:
a. Tri Synergy Flexible Film "Surface Cover" (tel: 800.446.6076).
b. American Cover "Surface Cover" (tel: 800.747.6095).
c. Reef Industries “Griffolyn Type 55 FR” (tel: 800.231.6074).
d. Architect approved equivalent.
C. Adhesive-Faced Contamination Control Mats (sticky walk-off mats):
1. Size of mats shall be the width of the opening and 30” (minimum) depth.
2. Acceptable products:
a. ASG "Walk-off Mats" (tel: 216.486.6163).
b. Controlled Environment Equipment "Cleanline Sticky Mat" (tel:
800.569.5444).
c. Liberty Industries "Tacky Mat" (tel: 800.246.7483).
d. Curtain Wall Company "CleanStep" tacky mats (tel: 800.424.8251)
e. Architect approved equivalent.
D. Negative Air Machine: Machine with a fan or blower, typically with HEPA/ULPA filters,
which is able to negatively pressurize a room or area for a continuous period of time.
Provide unit sized to meet room requirements. If unit does not exhaust air to the outside
of the building, provide additional carbon filtering.
1. Units shall include prefilters, final filters, HEPA/ULPA filters and filter static
pressure gauges.
2. HEPA/ULPA filters shall be 99.997% efficient at 0.3 micron particle size.
3. Acceptable manufacturers:
a. Abatement Technologies.
b. Phoenix.
c. Dri-Eaz.
d. Micro-Trap, Inc.
e. Control Resource System Inc.
f. NIKRO Industries, Inc.
g. Architect approved equivalent.
E. Zipper-Lock Entrance:
1. Fire-retardant, reinforced vinyl construction with reinforced stitching.
2. Acceptable products:
a. Curtain Wall Company "Dust-Door" (tel: 800.424.8251).
b. Pro Venture Inc “Zip-Up” (tel: 978.744.5000).
c. Engineer approved equivalent.
F. Temporary Prefabricated Enclosure Units:
1. Provide the enclosure with an inspection window and pressure differential
porthole.
2. Acceptable products:
a. Fiberlock Technologies “Kontrol Kube” with frame #6440, enclosure.
#6442, wheel base platform #6443 and Milfish 87 cfm vacuum device
and manometer.
b. Specialty Tool Manufacturing “MCU – Quick Wall Mobile Containment.
Unit”; provide with HEPA/ULPA vacuum connection (tel: 888.718.3878).
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 4
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
c. Mintie Technologies “ECU EnteRoom Envelope”.
d. Zipwall (tel: 800.718.2255).
e. Engineer approved equivalent.
G. Airflow Direction Indicator:
1. Acceptable products:
a. Airflow Direction Inc. “ADI-69-V-N” (tel: 888.334.4545).
b. Austin Ventrues “Model LN102” (tel: 909.043.8172).
c. Engineer approved equivalent.
H. Dust Catching Device:
1. Disposable, dry, electrostatic cloths or mitts for dust removal.
2. Disposable, wet cloths, presoaked with cleaning solution, for dust removal.
3. Acceptable products:
a. Proctor & Gamble “Swiffer Dry”, “Swiffer Mitt” or “Swiffer Wet”.
b. Rickett Benckiser “Mop & Glo”.
c. S.C. Johnson & Sons “Pledge Grab It”.
d. Engineer approved equivalent.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. The Owner’s Representative will make regular visits to the project site to ensure
compliance of policy. The Owner reserves the right to inspect the work at any time to
verify that the Contractor is complying with these infection control requirements.
B. Notify the Owner’s Representative at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to preparing
a containment area or starting work activity outside of the containment area, or in Owner
occupied spaces.
C. Instruct Contractor personnel to refrain from tracking dust into adjacent areas or opening
windows or doors that would allow airborne contaminants into adjacent hospital areas.
D. For exterior work, direct exhaust from equipment away from building air intakes, windows
and doors. Ensure that filters on building air intakes are operational and protected from
excessive quantities of airborne contaminants.
E. Workers shall wear clean clothing and footwear.
F. Disposable protective clothing shall be replaced if torn or dirty. Washable protective
clothing shall be washed when dirty or weekly, as a minimum.
3.02 GENERAL PROTECTION
A. General: Provide and maintain all barriers, filters, ventilation and cleaning.
B. Sealing of Openings:
1. Seal barrier wall seams, cracks around windows and door frames, ductwork,
pipes and conduit.
2. Penetration of dust proof enclosure shall be sealed on all sided and 360 degrees
around the penetrating object.
3. Secure windows shut.
C. Duct Caps: Provide dust-tight covers over existing ventilation ducts within the
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 5
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Containment Area using poly film strong enough to withstand the air flow.
D. Dust Control: Take appropriate steps throughout the term of the Project to prevent
airborne contaminates due to Work under this Contract.
1. Spray surfaces with water during dust producing demolition activities.
2. Care must be taken to avoid accumulation of standing water or saturation of any
materials.
3. No chemical pollutants shall be used without permission of the Owner.
4. Hard surface floors in the work area, adjacent hallways and passages require
vacuuming with a HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaners and frequent wet mopping
during demolition and construction.
5. Protect adjacent carpeted areas with plastic or heavy craft paper, and vacuum
with HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaners regularly.
6. Vacuum walk-off mats daily, and more often as needed, to eliminate tracking of
dust into other areas.
7. Perform Work by methods that minimize raising dust from the construction
operations.
8. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the
atmosphere.
9. Thoroughly clean surfaces that become exposed to dust with a HEPA-filtered
vacuum and/or wet mopping.
E. Removal of debris through the Protection Areas or occupied spaces shall be in tightly
covered and sealed containers.
F. Instruct Contractor personnel to refrain from tracking dust into adjacent areas, or leaving
open windows or doors that would allow airborne contaminants into adjacent hospital
areas.
G. Direct exhaust from equipment away from building air intakes, windows, and doors.
Assure that filters on the building air intake(s) are operational and protected from
excessive amounts of construction airborne contaminants.
3.03 CLEANING - GENERAL
A Maintain Containment Area free of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Maintain site in
clean and orderly condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums and other closed or remote
spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Clean interior areas using HEPA/ULPA vacuum prior to start of surface finishing and
continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
D. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site daily and dispose of off site.
3.04 STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURES FOR CLASS I AREAS
A. Operation in Class I Areas:
1. Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.
2. Immediately replace ceiling tile displaced for visual inspection.
3. Wet mop and/or HEPA/ULPA vacuum before leaving area.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 6
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
3.05 STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURES FOR CLASS II AREAS
A. Preparation and Operation in Class II Areas:
1. Water misting of work surfaces is not permitted except for cleaning debris carts
and work surfaces.
2. To contain dust and debris, duct tape doors for demolition and/or construction
activities that produce large amounts of dust or utilize "work enclosures".
3 Block-off and seal HVAC supply, return and exhaust terminal, registers, grilles
and diffusers in the rooms affected by construction.
4. Masks are optional by the person doing the cutting.
5. Place dust mat at entrance and exit of work area.
6. Holes cut or punctured in walls and partitions, ceilings, floors and doors cannot
be left exposed longer than four (4) hours. If work cannot be completed within
the four (4) hour time period, the holes shall be covered.
B. Flooring Removal in Class II Secondary Containment Areas:
1. Construction materials and equipment shall be stored within designated areas.
2. Only flooring area of a size that can be removed, replaced and completed in one
work period shall be worked on.
3 Removal of flooring:
a. Vacuum carpet before removal with a HEPA/ULPA vacuum.
b. Damp mop sheet vinyl and vinyl composition tile flooring.
c. Use motions and methods that minimize the dispersing of dust and
debris while removing flooring.
d. HEPA/ULPA vacuum floor after removal of flooring, adhesive and
leveling of area prior to installation of new flooring.
C. Clean-up of Class II Areas: At the completion of the Work, the following shall occur:
1. Clean work surfaces and debris carts with water.
2. Contain construction waste before transport in clean, tightly covered containers
or sealed plastic bags.
3. Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA/ULPA-filtered vacuum before leaving the
work area.
4. Remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where work is being performed.
5. Wipe surfaces with disinfectant.
3.06 STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURES FOR CLASS III AREAS
A. Preparation of Class III Areas:
1. Refer to the Drawings for location of pathways to the Containment Area. Entry
and exit locations to the Containment Area shall be coordinated with the Owner’s
Representative.
2. Contractor shall completely install all infection control measures before the
balance of the Work begins. Dust barriers shall be set up around the specific
areas of the project.
a. Provide temporary barriers and ceilings to separate work areas
(Containment Areas) from Owner-occupied areas (Protection Areas) and
to prevent penetration of dust into Owner-occupied areas.
b. Barriers to be constructed of temporary framing supports and fire-
retardant polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed
edges at intersections with existing surfaces.
c. Doors located in temporary polyethylene partitions shall be zipper type
attached to the polyethylene sheet material.
d. Seal all penetrations of the temporary partitions with duct tape as
necessary to maintain the dust containment and the fire rating of the
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 7
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
partition.
e. The dust barriers shall be partitions from the ceiling to floor, completely
enclosing the Containment Area.
f. The dust barriers shall remain around the selected construction area until
that specific work has been satisfactorily completed.
3. Provide adhesive-faced contamination control mats at the construction entry
point on both sides of the temporary partition. Workers shall step on both mats
when exiting a containment area. Carts shall be moved across both mats.
4. Provide the necessary quantity of negative air machines to maintain each
separate project work area at a negative pressure with respect to patient care
areas to control the spread of contaminants from the Containment Areas to
adjacent Protection Areas.
a. Negative air pressure machines equipped with high-efficiency particulate
(HEPA/ULPA) filters shall be used in conjunction with a sealed work area
to maintain a negative pressure inside the work area relative to non-work
areas.
1. A sufficient quantity of negative-pressure ventilation units
equipped with filtration shall be utilized to provide one workplace
air change every 15 minutes. This requirement shall apply to the
removal of the dust and contaminants from the air.
2. To calculate total air flow requirement:
Total cubic feet/minute = volume of work area (in cubic feet)
15 minutes
3. To calculate the quantity of units needed for the dust control in a
specific work area:
Quantity of units needed = total cubic feet/minute
capacity of unit in cubic feet/minute
4. The total quantity of negative air machines required is dependent
upon the total quantity of simultaneous containment areas being
occupied by the Contractor. Refer to the plans to calculate the
quantity of negative air machines required assuming the use of
construction barriers indicated on the Drawings.
5. Connect the negative air machine discharge to the existing
building return or exhaust system if indicated by the Mechanical
Drawings.
6. Change dust filter media as needed for the negative air
machines.
b. Make-up air for the air exhausted from the spaces shall be taken from
the existing HVAC system.
c. Negative air machines shall be connected to emergency power and run
continuously.
d. Vent negative air machines to outside by removing existing windows and
replacing them with vented panels having fittings for exhaust holes, or by
connecting to existing HVAC system, or by venting elsewhere as, or if,
indicated on the Drawings.
e. Change filters as frequently as recommended by the manufacturer for
duration of Work within the Containment Area to maintain a negative
pressure of 0.1 - 0.2 IN of water gauge.
f. Negative air units shall to be DOP tested and certified prior to being
placed in service, and when dropped, damaged or moved extensively.
5. Each phase of construction shall be considered a separate area.
6. Duct Caps: Provide as defined in Article 3.02 above.
B. Operation in Class III Areas:
1. The containment control mats shall be monitored and replaced as they become
loaded with dirt.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 8
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
2 The dust partitions shall be wiped down daily with a moist cloth or dust catching
device.
3 Traffic between containment areas and protection areas shall be kept to a
minimum.
4. Keep doors into containment areas closed at all times.
5. All vacuuming of area outside of the work area not within the barriers shall be
done by the Contractor with HEPA/ULPA vacuums.
6. All unused doors, holes, pipes, conduit, punctures and exposures shall be sealed
appropriately.
7. Removal of debris from the project work areas shall be as follows:
a. If debris is removed from the project site through an occupied Patient
Care Area (Protection Area), the following procedure shall be followed:
1. Removal of debris shall be done by the Contractor. Contractor
shall advise the Owner's Representative when there is debris to
be removed. Debris shall be removed on an "as needed" basis.
Transport removed material in tightly sealed, rubber tired
containers provided by the Contractor to protect Protection
Areas. Owner's Representative will review the type of cart and
condition of the cars proposed for use. Containers shall be fitted
with clean, tight-fitting sheet polyethylene covers, completely
sealed at perimeters by taping. Before leaving the Containment
Area all containers shall be wiped or HEPA/ULPA-vacuumed
clean to prevent tracking of dust. The cart shall be rolled over
the adhesive-faced contamination control mats inside and
outside the entrances.
2. Place covers over debris boxes between periods when they are
being filled.
b. Supplies and tools shall be brought into the Containment Area in
accordance with the following procedure:
1. For tools and supplies moved to the Containment Area the
following procedures shall apply:
a. Tools and supplies shall be wiped clean or wrapped in
plastic sheeting and moved by Contractor-provided
rubber-tired carts/containers, from a staging area to the
Containment Area (construction site).
b. The containers shall be vacuumed with HEPA/ULPA
vacuum cleaners by the Contractor prior to moving
through the occupied space to the Containment Area.
Contractor shall notify Owner's Representative of the
need to move these containers through Protection Areas
prior to entering the Containment Area.
c. Tool and supply removal from the Containment Area shall follow the
procedure specified for debris removal from the Containment Area.
8. The following procedure shall be implemented when construction personnel are
required to pass through a Protection Area to enter a Containment Area:
a. Personnel shall don protective clothing required by the Owner’s
Representative within the Preparation Area before passing through
Protection Areas.
b. Protective clothing shall be removed upon entering the Containment
Area and shall be stored in plastic bags.
9. The following procedure shall be implemented when construction personnel are
required to pass from a Containment Area through a Protection Area:
a. Construction workers shall vacuum themselves with the HEPA/ULPA-
filtered vacuum cleaners. After being vacuumed, the workers shall re-
don protective clothing before re-entering the Protection Area.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 9
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
b. Personnel shall remove the protective clothing in the Preparation Area.
c. All dust and debris tracked outside the Containment Area shall be
vacuumed up immediately by the Contractor.
C. Flooring Removal in Class III Secondary Containment Areas:
1. Construction materials and equipment shall be stored within designated areas.
2. Only flooring area of a size that can be removed, replaced and completed in one
work period shall be commenced.
3. Removal of Flooring:
a. Vacuum carpet before removal with a HEPA/ULPA vacuum.
b. Damp mop sheet vinyl and vinyl composition tile flooring.
c. Use motions and methods that minimize the dispersal of dust and debris
while removing flooring.
d. HEPA/ULPA vacuum floor after removal of flooring, adhesive and
leveling of area prior to installation of new flooring.
D. Miscellaneous Work Activities: Required within existing ceiling spaces in a protection
area which can be confined shall be performed as follows:
1. Scheduled in advance and notify the Owner’s Representative at least seven (7)
calendar days prior to commencing work in ceiling or interstitial spaces above
Protection Areas to allow the Owner to relocate or protect occupants.
2. Inform the Owner’s Representative so that doors to Protection Areas near ceiling
work can be kept closed while Work is in progress.
3. Cover all horizontal surfaces, except flooring, to protect from dust and debris.
4. HEPA/ULPA vacuums the top of the ceiling system to be removed, and
surrounding affected area, to remove dust prior to removal.
5. Acoustical ceiling panels or ceiling access panels opened for investigation
outside of the containment areas shall be closed when unattended.
6. Whenever acoustical ceiling panels or access panels are opened in Protection
Areas, provide a portable enclosure that encloses the ladder and seals off
opening. Fit enclosure tight to ceiling.
7. Exercise caution when handling fluids within ceiling or interstitial spaces.
8. When working with fluids provide a watertight barrier beneath the work area to
catch and retain all spillage before it reaches the ceiling below.
9. Vacuum and clean surfaces free of dust before their removal.
D. Cleaning Class III Areas:
1. Clean-up and Disposal:
a. Barriers may not be removed from work areas until the completed project
is inspected by the Owner’s Representative and thoroughly cleaned by
the Contractor.
b. Remove all debris, extra materials and equipment from the Containment
Area before beginning final cleaning.
c. Work areas shall be vacuumed with HEPA/ULPA-filtered vacuums.
d. Wet mop area with disinfectant.
e. When construction is complete, the temporary partitions (both sides)
shall be wiped down using a moist cloth or dust-catching device before
removal. The partitions shall be removed carefully, rolling the inside over
the outside.
f. Clean the blockage of air vents, diffusers and registers before their
removal. Then remove them.
g. Remove isolation of HVAC system.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 10
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
3.07 STANDARD OPERATION PROCEDURES FOR CLASS IV AREAS
A. Preparation of Class IV Areas:
1. Refer to the Drawings for location of pathways to the Containment Area. Entry
and exit locations to the Containment Area shall be coordinated with the Owner’s
Representative.
2. Contractor shall construct an anteroom, and require all personnel and tools to
pass through this room so they can be cleaned using a HEPA/ULPA-filtered
vacuum before leaving the Containment Area.
3. Contractor shall completely install all barriers before construction begins. Dust
barriers shall be set up around the specific areas of the project before the
balance of the work begins.
a. Full-height, noncombustible, fire-rated construction, with minimum 1/2-
inch thick fire-rated gypsum board both sides with 3-1/2 inch thick R-11
insulation, or acoustical insulation, to reduce noise.
b. Use 3-inch wide drywall tape and one coat of joint compound to tightly
seal top, bottom, and all seams, and prevent spread of dust to occupied
areas, including above ceiling. Finish surfaces exposed to public view
with two (2) coats of low odor semi-gloss latex paint, color to match
adjacent existing wall surfaces.
c. Doors shall be 48 inch minimum width, fire-rated, solid core wood with
hollow metal frame and finish hardware, including mortise classroom
lockset, door closer, four (4) heavy-weight 5” x 4-1/2” ball bearing
hinges, door sweep and gasketing to prevent flow of dust. Finish door
and frame to match the adjacent door and frame color/finish.
1. Swing door into the construction area. Keep enclosure door
locked during non-working hours.
2. Three keys for emergency access shall be furnished to the
Owner’s Representative, or key to match the Owner's existing
building key system.
d. For separate areas of phased work that require IICM for periods less
than 45 days, use dust barriers that are specified for the Class III areas.
These barriers shall be temporary partitions constructed of polyethylene
and temporary supports.
e. Install an airflow direction indicator within the temporary barrier following
the manufacturer’s installation procedures to indicate if improper
directional airflow exists. Unit shall be installed adjacent to door
opening.
f. The location and details of the enclosure construction shall be as
indicated on the Drawings.
g. Materials for enclosure shall be pre-cut off-site to the greatest extent
possible.
h. No explosive- or pneumatic-driven fasteners will be allowed.
i. Provide fire-rated partitions and doors when required to maintain integrity
of an existing rated partition, and where indicated or required by
governing authorities.
4. Provide adhesive-faced contamination control mats at the construction entry
point on both sides of the temporary partition. Workers shall step on both mats
when exiting a containment area. Carts shall be moved across both mats
5. Provide the necessary quantity of negative air machines to maintain each
separate project work area at a negative pressure with respect to the patient care
areas to control the spread of contaminants from the Containment Areas to
adjacent Protection Areas.
a. Negative air pressure machines equipped with high-efficiency particulate
(HEPA/ULPA) filters shall be used in conjunction with a sealed work area
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 11
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
to maintain a negative pressure inside the work area relative to non-work
areas.
1. A sufficient quantity of negative pressure ventilation units
equipped with filtration shall be utilized to provide one workplace
air change every 15 minutes. This requirement shall apply to the
removal of the dust and contaminants from the air.
2. To calculate total air flow requirement:
Total cubic feet/minute = volume of work area (in cubic feet)
15 minutes
3. To calculate the quantity of units needed for the dust control in a
specific work area:
Quantity of units needed = total cubic feet/minute
capacity of unit in cubic feet/minute
4. The total quantity of negative air machines required is dependent
upon the total quantity of simultaneous Containment Areas being
occupied by the Contractor. Refer to the plans to calculate the
quantity of negative air machines required assuming the
construction barriers indicated on the Drawings.
5. Connect the negative air machine discharge to the existing
building return or exhaust system, vent the units outside, or vent
the units to other spaces as indicated on Mechanical Drawings.
6. Change dust filter media as recommended by the manufacturer
for the negative air machines.
a. Make-up air for the air exhausted from the spaces shall be taken from
the existing HVAC system.
b. Negative air machines shall be connected to emergency power and run
continuously.
c. Vent negative air machines to outside by removing existing windows and
replacing them with vented panels having fittings for exhaust holes, or by
connecting to existing HVAC system, or by venting elsewhere as, or if,
indicated on the Drawings.
d. Change filters as frequently as recommended by the manufacturer for
duration of Work within the Containment Area to maintain a negative
pressure of 0.1 - 0.2 IN of water gauge.
e. Negative air units shall to be DOP tested and certified prior to being
placed in service, and when dropped, damaged or moved extensively.
6. Each phase of construction shall be considered a separate area.
7. Duct Caps: Provide as defined in Article 3.02 above.
B. Operation in Class IV Areas:
1. The following procedure shall be implemented when construction personnel are
required to pass through a Protection Area to enter a containment area:
a. Personnel shall don protective clothing required by the Owner’s
Representative within the Preparation Area before passing through
Protection Areas.
b. Contractor shall provide an anteroom within the dustproof enclosure.
c. Protective clothing shall be removed in the anteroom prior to entering the
Containment Area.
2. The following procedure shall be implemented when construction personnel are
required to pass from a Containment Area through a Protection Area:
a. Construction workers shall vacuum themselves with the HEPA/ULPA-
filtered vacuum cleaners. After being vacuumed, the workers may leave
the Containment Area (construction site) into the anteroom.
b. Personnel shall re-don protective clothing in the anteroom before re-
entering the Protection Area.
c. Personnel shall remove the protective clothing in the Preparation Area.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 12
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
d. All dust and debris tracked outside the construction area shall be
vacuumed up immediately by the Contractor.
3. Supplies and tools shall be brought into the Containment Area in accordance
with the following procedure:
a. For tools and supplies moved to the Containment Area the following
procedures shall apply:
1. Tools and supplies shall be wiped clean or wrapped in plastic
sheeting and moved by Contractor-provided rubber-tired
carts/containers, from a staging area to the Containment Area
(construction site).
2. The containers shall be vacuumed with HEPA/ULPA vacuum
cleaners by the Contractor prior to moving through the occupied
space to the Containment Area. Contractor shall notify the
Owner's Representative of the need to move these containers
through Protection Areas prior to entering the Containment Area.
b. Tool and supply removal from the Containment Area shall follow the
procedure specified for debris removal from the Containment Area.
c. The following procedure shall be implemented when construction
personnel are required to pass through a Protection Area to enter a
Containment Area:
1. Personnel shall don protective clothing required by the Owner’s
Representative within the Preparation Area before passing
through Protection Areas.
2. Contractor shall provide an anteroom within the dustproof
enclosure.
3. Protective clothing shall be removed in the anteroom prior to
entering the Containment Area.
C. Flooring Removal in Class IV Secondary Containment Areas:
1. Construction materials and equipment shall be stored within designated areas.
2. Only flooring area of a size that can be removed, replaced and completed in one
work period shall be commenced.
3. Removal of flooring:
a. Vacuum carpet before removal with a HEPA/ULPA vacuum.
b. Damp mop sheet vinyl and vinyl composition tile flooring.
c. Use motions and methods that minimize the dispersal of dust and debris
while removing flooring.
d. HEPA/ULPA vacuum floor after removal of flooring, adhesive and leveling
of area prior to installation of new flooring.
D. Cleaning Class IV Areas:
1. Removal of debris from the project work areas shall be as follows:
a. If debris shall be removed from the project site through an occupied
Patient Care Area, the following procedure shall be followed:
1. Removal of debris shall be done by the Contractor. Contractor
shall advise the Owner's Representative when there is debris to
be removed. Debris shall be removed on an "as needed" basis.
Transport removed material in tightly sealed, rubber tired
containers provided by the Contractor to protect hospital areas.
The Owner's Representative and PHE representative shall
review the type of cart and condition of the carts proposed for
use. Containers shall be fitted with clean, tight fitting plastic
cover or polyethylene covers, completely sealed at perimeters by
taping. Before leaving the Containment Area, all containers shall
be wiped or HEPA/ULPA vacuumed clean to prevent tracking of
dust. The cart shall be rolled over the adhesive faced
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 13
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
contamination control mats inside and outside the entrances.
Place dust mats inside and outside of the construction site
entrances and keep them clean.
2. Place covers over debris boxes between periods when they are
being filled.
2. Barriers may not be removed from work areas until the completed project is
inspected by the Owner’s Representative and thoroughly cleaned by the
Contractor.
3. Remove all debris, extra materials and equipment from the Containment Area
before beginning final cleaning.
4. Work areas shall be vacuumed with HEPA/ULPA-filtered vacuums and/or wet
mopped by the Contractor.
5. When construction is complete, the temporary partitions shall be wiped down
using a moist cloth or dust catching device before removal. The partitions shall
be removed without creating additional dust in the area.
6. Clean blockage of air vents, diffusers and registers, before removal. Then
remove them.
3.08 WORK ENCLOSURE OUTSIDE OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT AREA (SECONDARY
CONTAINMENT)
A. Secondary Containment Areas: Whenever Work is necessary outside of a Primary
Containment Area:
1. Work shall be scheduled in advance with the Owner’s Representative.
2. Work within a full-height portable enclosure. Contractor may use prefabricated
enclosure unit.
3. Seal opening upon entering or leaving enclosure.
4. At no time shall construction equipment or material be stored outside of the
enclosure.
5. Dust tracked outside of construction area shall be cleaned up immediately.
6. Contractor shall have necessary manpower and equipment (HEPA/ULPA-filtered
vacuum, dust and wet mops, brooms, buckets and clean wiping rags) to keep
adjacent occupied areas clean at all times.
3.09 WORK CONFINED TO INDIVIDUAL ROOMS
A. Individual Room Areas: Work activities which are required within a Protection Area which
can be confined to individual rooms may be permitted as follows:
1. Schedule in advance and notify the Owner’s Representative at least seven (7)
calendar days prior to commencing work in the room to allow the Owner to
relocate or protect occupants.
2. The room shall be treated as a Containment Area.
3. Keep the door to such areas closed and sealed while work is being performed.
4. Cap HVAC ductwork or seal air supply diffusers and return grills.
5. Provide negative pressure in the room by use of negative air machine.
6. Traffic between the room and adjacent areas shall be kept to a minimum.
7. Transport materials and waste into and from the room through adjacent areas by
transporting in tightly-covered and sealed containers or carts.
8. At no time shall construction equipment or material be stored outside the room.
9. All dust tracked outside of the room shall be cleaned up immediately.
10. Vacuum and clean surfaces free of dust after completion of the Work.
11. Have necessary manpower and equipment (HEPA/ULPA-filtered vacuum, walk
off mats, dust and wet mops, buckets and clean wiping rags) to keep adjacent
areas clean at all times.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 14
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
3.10 ACCESS AND WORK IN EXISTING CEILING SPACES
A. Miscellaneous work activities which are required within existing ceiling spaces in a
Protection Area or occupied space which can be confined shall be preformed as follows:
1. Schedule in advance and notify the Owner at lease 7 days prior to commencing
in ceiling or interstitial space above occupied areas to allow the Owner to
relocate or protect the occupants.
2. Inform the Owner so that doors to occupied spaces near ceiling work can be kept
closed while the work is in progress.
3. When work is being performed above a ceiling while the space is occupied,
provide temporary work surface to provide a safe work platform. Protect ceiling
and the space below from falling objects.
4. Take all necessary precautions to protect people and spaces below temporary
work surfaces from injury due to Contractor’s operations.
5. Spray top of ceiling systems to be removed, and surrounding affected area with
fine water mist to settle dust prior to removal.
6. Any acoustical ceiling tiles or access panel opened for investigation outside of
the Containment Area shall be closed immediately when unattended.
7. Whenever acoustic ceiling tile or access panels are opened in a Protection Area
or occupied areas, provide portable enclosing ladder and sealing-off of opening,
fitted tight to ceiling as specified.
8. Exercise caution when handling fluids in any interstitial space.
9. When working with fluids, provide a watertight barrier beneath the work area to
catch and retain all spillage before it reaches the ceiling below.
10. Removal of ceiling protection shall be done carefully. Vacuum and clean all
surfaces free of dust after their removal.
11. Thorough cleaning of surfaces that become exposed to dust shall be
accomplished by the use of either a HEPA-filtered vacuum clean or wet mopping.
END OF SECTION
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIM INFECTION CONTROL MEASURES (IICM)
01 57 27 - 15
BLANK PAGE
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
TO: William T. Downing AIA, Project Architect
Rohrbach Associates PC
325 East Washington Street, Suite 400
Iowa City, Iowa 52240
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above
project:
DRAWING NO. DRAWING NAME
PROJECT MANUAL:
SEC. NO. SECTION NAME PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution will
require for its proper installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove equal quality and performance to
that which is specified. Clearly mark manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are of equal performance and assumes
liability for equal performance, equal design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature (Contractor) Title
Firm
Address
Telephone Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind the Contractor to the above terms. Failure to
provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect
Recommended Recommended as Note
Not Recommended Received Late
Insufficient Data Received
by Date
For use by the Owner
Recommended Recommended as Note
Not Recommended Received Late
Insufficient Data Received
by Date
Rohrbach Associates PC POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01 63 05-1
Mercy Iowa CityMH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit RenovationRAPC #1217
Fill in blanks below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions indicated on the Drawings?
Yes No If yes, clearly indicate changes:
B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs
caused by the requested substitution?
Yes No If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does the substitution have on other Contracts or other trades?
D. What effect does the substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same Different Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed substitution; list significant variations:
H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the Owner of:
I. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
END OF SECTION
Rohrbach Associates PC POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01 63 05-2
DIVISION 02
EXISTING CONDITIONS
Blank Page
DIVISION 06
WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
Blank Page
DIVISION 07
THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Blank Page
DIVISION 08
OPENINGS
Blank Page
DIVISION 09
FINISHES
Blank Page
DIVISION 10
SPECIALTIES
Blank Page
DIVISION 21
FIRE SUPPRESSION
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 21 00 10
FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.19 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General
Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.20 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the fire suppression contract. This shall include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Water Based Fire Suppression Systems
2. Demolition of Fire Suppression Systems
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly
functioning fire suppression systems.
C. Drawings for fire suppression work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of
work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations
of equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make
such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be
shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they
are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft
involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards
of the craft.
1.21 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. International Fire Suppression Code
2. Uniform Plumbing Code
3. International Building Code
4. National Electric Code (NEC)
5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA)
6. Local Utility Company Requirements
7. Local Codes, all trades
8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA
9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.)
11. Iowa Administrative Codes
12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and
shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code
requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such
questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code
requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
1.22 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and
local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this
project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection
with the fire suppression work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by
the State, City, County and Utility.
1.23 FIRE SUPPRESSION DRAWINGS
A. The fire suppression drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall
examine all construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building
construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings for piping are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general
arrangement and locations of piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations
for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout
of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling
of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not
be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications,
such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.24 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected
against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.25 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the
conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities,
routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or
other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of the contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
1.26 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the
contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the
various contractors.
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of
them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning
thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or
between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of
the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be
assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and
specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification
will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially
completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore
equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
painting contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure
that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work
in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected
and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor
shall arrange with General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be
damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information.
B. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall
be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe or sleeve shall be sealed with
UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and
sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated,
penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing
structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports
as required for openings.
2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the
Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or
other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings.
3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by
craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required
of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified
otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when
required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other
submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates
that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE
OTHER
SPEC DETAILPROD INSTALL O & M
OF DEMON-
(SEE
SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGSDATA SAMPLES METHODS MANUAL STRATION
NOTES)
21 10 00 Water Based Fire X X X X 1, 2
Suppression System
Notes:
1. Hydraulic calculations.
2. All certifications and test results required by NFPA.
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting
the plans and specifications.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab
indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for
equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing
and balancing report, etc.
1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the fire suppression installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his
designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all
systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such
systems.
1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so
appropriate personnel can be present.
2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.
B. Equipment training:
1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of
equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.
2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction
materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and
safe operating procedures.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.
4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and
shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of
the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.
5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and
shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the
table below.
C. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:
SectionDescriptionHours Presented ByOthers PresentRemarks
(Note 1)
21 10 00 Water Based Fire 4 Contractor
Protection System
1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy.
D. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date,
time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's
satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to
Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has
been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor:
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner:
NAMES DATE HOURS
Acknowledgement of demonstration:
E. Contractor's Representative:
signature
date
Owner's Representative:
signature
date
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality.
These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the
bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of the contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance),
operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all
extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The entire fire suppression system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect
in materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial
occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period
shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any
manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
1.17 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left
during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.18 CLEANING
A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned
internally.
B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name
plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of
units.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.19 ACCESS DOORS
A. When Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by
non-accessible architectural construction, Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The
access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type
for the specific construction involved.
B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label.
C. Construction
1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel.
2. Trim shall be of one piece construction.
3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel.
4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge.
5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 21 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE SUPPRESSION GENERAL PROVISIONS
21 00 10-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are
applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Sleeves
2. Escutcheons
3. Fire Stopping
4. Guards
5. Demolition
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from
the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel
with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows:
1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge
2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge
3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge
B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations,
footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe.
C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction,
except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum.
D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and
to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to
take pipe and waterproofing material.
E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions
and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors
in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and
caulking compound.
F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing,
furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions;
flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and
caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except
sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 05 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall
be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal).
2.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons
shall fit around pipe; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished
floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or
plates to sleeve with set screws or other approved devices.
2.04 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall
be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor, pipe, and sleeve, shall be sealed with
UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be
removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be
performed.
2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or
existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include
all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before
any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all
required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match,
complete and finish all affected surfaces.
2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit
back to point of origin.
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by
operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to
reestablish continuity of such piping systems.
2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction,
with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to
removal of equipment and piping.
3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new
work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for
extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 05 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material
herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 SLEEVES
A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations
as required by this section.
3.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
END OF SECTION 21 05 00
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 05 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 05 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 21 05 13
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are
applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to
600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer’s factory or shipped separately by equipment
manufacturer for field installation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for all motors provided.
B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection
requirements.
C. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase
motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.
D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and
wiring instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with NEMA MG1 unless noted otherwise.
B. Motor type: Minimum 1.15 service factor; rated at 90 deg. C. ambient temperature (Class B
insulation) with 40 deg. C. temperature rise.
C. Multiple speed motors: Multiple windings.
D. Motor Efficiency: Premium efficiency as defined in NEMA MG1.
E. Peak instantaneous current: Maximum 130% of full-load.
F. All motors shall be provided as required for motor orientation within equipment.
G. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads continuously in the
prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the motors are installed, without exceeding the
NEMA standard temperature rises for the motor insulations.
H. Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be coordinated with the connected
loads to assure adequate starting and running torques.
I. Motor Enclosures:
1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
21 05 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings, they shall be the
NEMA types which are most suitable for the environmental conditions where the motors
are being installed. Motors located outdoors to be totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-
sealed type.
3. Thoroughly clean and paint the enclosures at the factory with manufacturer's prime coat
and standard finish.
J. Additional requirements for specific motors, as indicated in other sections, shall also apply.
2.02 SINGLE PHASE POWER
A. Capacitor start motors starting torque shall be three times full load torque and starting current
shall be less than five times full load current.
B. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque.
C. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque.
D. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors
with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.
E. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor,
prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings.
F. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor,
prelubricated ball bearings.
2.03 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS
A. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque.
B. Starting Current: Six times full load current.
C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B
characteristics.
D. Design, Construction, Testing and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors.
E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better.
F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from
electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data.
G. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum or cast iron with end brackets of
cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts.
H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in
motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter.
I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged
provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate
bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard
shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 21 05 13
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR
FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT
21 05 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 21 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Protection General Provisions are applicable
to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of fire protection identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division-21 sections.
B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:
1. Painted identification materials
2. Plastic pipe markers
3. Plastic tape
4. Valve tags
C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the
equipment assembly in other Division-21 sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of
identification devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for fire protection system, typewritten and reproduced on
8-1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, system or zone (as shown on tag), location of
valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended
for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In
addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each
application as referenced in other Division-21 sections. Where more than one single type is
specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each
product category.
B. Painted Identification Materials:
1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes
generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar
applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar
operational instructions.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
21 05 53-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise
indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.
3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise
indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.
C. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent,
color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any),
provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location,
fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".
3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide
either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter
height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3".
c. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's
standard stainless steel bands.
4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping
system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with
names as shown or specified.
5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally
with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate
unit of plastic.
D. Plastic Tape:
1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive)
vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick.
a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters
(including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.
b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is
indicated.
E. Valve Tags:
1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system
abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16"
hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches.
a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
21 05 53-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced
numbers.
3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded
type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for
proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
F. Name Plates:
1. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with
stamped, engraved or embossed letters.
2. Lettering:
a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate.
b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate.
3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid
brass chain.
2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in fire protection
identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide
numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by
manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of fire protection
systems and equipment.
1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and
specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as
service (as examples; Fire Pump, Standpipe F12).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements:
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require painting or
other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of
covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings
and similar concealment.
B. Piping System Identification:
1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on all fire protection piping,
and include arrows to show normal direction of flow:
a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and
contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond
ends of lettering.
b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in
this section.
c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous
color-coded painting of piping is provided.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
21 05 53-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in
occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels,
plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations.
a. Near each valve and control device.
b. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter
non-accessible enclosures.
c. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of
concealed piping.
d. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
e. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except
reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment.
f. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
C. Valve Identification:
1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in fire protection
piping system; exclude check valves, List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each
piping system.
E. Equipment Identification:
1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including fire pumps, fire
pump controllers, zone control valves, and specialty system valves where applicable (i.e.
dry valve or preaction system).
2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as
designated by Owner.
3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate.
a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive
fixed name plates.
b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe
markers or stenciled lettering.
END OF SECTION 21 05 53
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
21 05 53-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 21 10 00
WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 21 00 10 - Fire Suppression General Provisions are
applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of fire suppression work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of
this section.
B. Applications of fire suppression systems include the following:
1. Sprinkler systems.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Code: Comply with ANSI/NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems", and ANSI/NFPA
24, "Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtences", where applicable.
B. UL Labeling: Provide fire sprinkler piping products which have been approved and labeled by
Underwriters Laboratories.
C. Local Fire Marshal Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire sprinkler
piping.
D. State Fire Marshal’s Office Regulations: Comply with governing regulations pertaining to fire
sprinkler piping.
E. All fire suppression work shall be performed by a qualified sprinkler contractor with at least three
years experience that has obtained current certification in the State of Iowa under the Fire
Extinguishing System Contractor Certification program. During the installation, a minimum of one
person with at least three years sprinkler experience shall be present.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data for fire suppression systems, materials and products.
B. Piping Shop Drawing and Hydraulic Calculations: The Contractor shall prepare a complete set of
detailed working drawings and hydraulic calculations showing all equipment, fire service lines,
risers, piping and heads. These drawings and calculations shall be approved in writing or
stamped approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. Contractor is responsible for any fees
associated with the review and approval of the fire protection layout drawings, product data and
hydraulic calculations by the State Fire Marshal’s office. Contractor is also responsible for
completion of the required fire extinguishing system submittal form to the SFM. This form is
available from the State at the following website:
http://www.dps.state.ia.us/fm/building/forms.shtml.
C. Certificate of Installation: Submit certification upon completion of fire suppression piping work
which indicates that work has been tested in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13 and also that
system is operational, complete and has no defects.
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
Automatic Sprinklers
A.
1. Reliable Sprinkler Corporation.
2. Tyco.
3. Viking Corp.
Gate Valves
B.
1. Nibco
2. Powell
3. Milwaukee
4. Watts
Bronze Body Butterfly Valves
C.
1. Nibco
2. Milwaukee
Butterfly and Swing Check Valves
D.
1. Victaulic
2. Gruvlok by Anvil International
3. Kennedy
4. Milwaukee
5. Nibco
Ball Valves
E.
1. Watts B-6000 Series
2. Milwaukee BA-100/BA-150
3. Nibco T-580 Series
4. Apollo 77C Series
F. Grooved Piping Systems
1. Gruvlok by Anvil International
2. Victaulic
G. Water Flow Indicators and Supervisory Switches
1. Potter-Roemer / Potter Electric
2. System Sensor
2.02 FIRE SUPPRESSION SPECIALTIES
A. General: Provide fire suppression specialties, UL listed, in accordance with the following listing.
Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and equipment connections.
1. Water Flow Indicators: Provide vane type water flow detectors.
2. Supervisory Switches: Provide products recommended by manufacturer for use in
service indicated.
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Automatic Sprinklers:
a. Provide automatic sprinklers of type indicated on drawings, and in accordance
with the following listing. Provide fusible links for 165 degrees F (74 degrees C),
ordinary temperature, except where intermediate or high temperature rated
sprinklers are required per NFPA 13 or as indicated on the plans.
1) Upright
2) Concealed Pendent with Flat Cover Plate
3) Pendant
4) Standard Dry-Type Pendent
5) Standard Dry-Type Upright
6) Dry-Type Concealed Pendent with Flat Cover Plate
b. Finish: Painted white for concealed pendent, cast brass for upright pendent,
chrome for recessed pendent or provide finish as indicated on the plans.
4. Sprinkler Cabinet and Wrench: Furnish steel, baked red enameled, sprinkler box with
capacity to store 10 sprinklers and wrench sized to sprinklers.
2.03 VALVES
A. Butterfly - 1/4" to 2" Milwaukee Butterball BB2 Series
B. Ball - 2" to 3" Victaulic Series 727
C. Butterfly - 4" to 8" Victaulic Series 705 (Normally Open Valves) or Series 707C (Normally Closed
Valves)
D. Gate - 2-1/2" and larger, iron body O.S.&Y., Powell Fig. 1797
E. Check - 2-1/2" to 3", Central Model 90, 4" to 8" Victaulic Series 710
2.04 PIPE MATERIALS
Material Service
A. Black steel pipe, Wet systems.
Schedule 40, ASTM A795
B. Black steel pipe, Wet systems.
Schedule 10, ASTM A795
2.05 PIPE FITTINGS
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard flat band
water pattern.
2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and weld neck or slip-
on flanges, same material and strength as pipe.
3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove steel piping system and fittings: may be used as
approved by code for black steel, stainless steel andgalvanized steel. All components
shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.06 JOINTS
A. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male
threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full
size of bore.
2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI-
B31.3 "Code for Power Piping.”
3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove pipe couplings: Grooved couplingsmay be used as
approved by code for black steel and galvanized steel piping. Gasket type to be used
shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer.
System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.07 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of
unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For
steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint.
Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions
with octagon ends.
C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet.
2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls.
3. In connections to equipment.
4. Where indicated on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor shall familiarize himself with the general construction, plumbing, heating, ventilating,
and electrical work and to use the information to avoid conflicts in space allocation with the other
trades. Do not place pipes over electrical equipment.
B. In the case of an interference occurring during construction, Contractor shall rework and reinstall
piping and equipment in order to make space available for another contractor's equipment without
additional cost to the Owner.
C. Contractor shall work closely with the ceiling system installers and install sprinkler head drops
before ceiling tiles are installed, and return to job after or during ceiling tile installation for
installation of sprinkler heads.
D. Heads shall be located in center of ceiling tiles or as directed by Design Professional.
3.02 FIRE SUPRESSION SPECIALTIES
A. General: Install fire suppression specialties as indicated, and in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 13.
B. Provide wire guards for all exposed sprinkler heads installed in gymnasiums, below ductwork in
mechanical rooms, in electrical rooms, in telecommunication rooms, and as noted per the plans.
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.03 VALVES
A. Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Install sectional valves in inlet
piping at bottom of each riser and in loops as indicated. Locate valves for easy access and
operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal. Mount supervisory switches on
each sectional valve.
B. Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0"
above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0"
above floor.
C. Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed
for vertical operation.
D. Normally Open (N.O.) or Normally Closed (N.C.) valves shall be provided as required for intended
system operation. For all supervised valves, the off-normal signal shall be initiated during the first
two revolutions of the hand wheel or during one-fifth of the travel distance of the valve control
apparatus from its normal position.
3.04 PIPING
A. General: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NFPA 13 for installation of fire sprinkler piping
products where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that fire sprinkler piping complies with
requirements and serves intended purposes.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible;
form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid
interference with other mechanical items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at
a distance to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations
unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be
maintained for drainage. Install drain piping at low points of fire sprinkler piping.
D. Install valved hose connections of sizes indicated, or 3/4" size if not otherwise indicated, on
sprinkler at ends of branch lines and cross mains at locations where indicated.
E. Install air vents at high points of sprinkler piping.
F. Hangers and supports: Comply with NFPA for hanger materials
1. Install standpipe system piping according to NFPA 14.
2. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13.
3.05 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Sprinkler Piping Flushing: Prior to connecting sprinkler risers for flushing, flush water feed mains,
lead-in connections and control portions of sprinkler piping. After fire sprinkler piping installation
has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire sprinkler system, as
required to remove foreign substances, under pressure as specified in ANSI/NFPA 13. Continue
flushing until water is clear, and check to ensure that debris has not clogged sprinklers.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Hydrostatic Testing: After flushing system, test fire sprinkler piping hydrostatically, for period of 2
hours, at not less than 200 psi or at 50 psi in excess of maximum static pressure when maximum
static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic
pressure at low point of each system or zone being tested.
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Dry-Pipe Testing: Test dry-pipe hydrostatically except, in freezing conditions, test with air at
pressures not less than 50 psi, for period of 2 hours. Check system for leakage. Leave
differential dry-valve clappers open during test, to prevent damage.
C. Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in accordance with ANSI/NFPA
standards for "little or no leakage", and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.
3.07 EXTRA STOCK
A. General: For each style and temperature range required, furnish additional sprinkler heads,
amounting to 1 unit for every 100 installed units, but not less than 5 units of each.
END OF SECTION 21 10 00
Rohrbach Associates PC WATER-BASED FIRE SUPRESSION SYSTEMS
21 10 00-6
DIVISION 22
PLUMBING
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
SECTION 22 00 10
PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General
Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the plumbing contract. This shall include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Waste and Vent Systems
2. Hot and Cold Water Distribution System
3. Plumbing Fixtures
4. Sanitary Sewer
5. Piping Insulation
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly
functioning plumbing systems.
C. Drawings for plumbing work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and
indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of
equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make
such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be
shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they
are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft
involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards
of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. International Mechanical Code
2. Uniform Plumbing Code
3. International Building Code
4. International Fire Code
5. National Electric Code (NEC)
6. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA)
7. Local Utility Company Requirements
8. Local Codes, all trades
9. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA
10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.)
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
12. Iowa Administrative Codes
13. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and
shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code
requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such
questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code
requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having jurisdiction and
local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this
project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions
concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide
the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.
C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection
with the plumbing work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the
State, City, County and Utility.
D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges
associated with new service.
1.05 PLUMBING DRAWINGS
A. The plumbing drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall
examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building
construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement
and locations of piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations
for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the
work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling
of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not
be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications,
such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected
against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the
conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities,
routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or
other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the
contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the
various contractors.
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of
them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning
thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or
between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of
Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed
that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as
issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by
Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially
completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore
equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to
assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work
in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected
and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor
shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may
be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
B. Piping and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions shall
be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe and/or sleeve shall be sealed
with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and
sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated,
penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
C. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing
structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports
as required for openings.
2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the
Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or
other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings.
3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by
craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING
A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water piping, gas
piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care
shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not
disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must
pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate
the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary.
B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction
progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling
of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the
work will permit and shall be carried to a crown approximately six (6) inches above existing
grades. In backfilling trenches, selected material shall be compacted firmly around and to a
depth of not less than six (6) inches over the top of work in trench. All fill and backfill and rough
grading shall be compacted thoroughly in layers and shall be brought up to within six (6) inches of
finished grades. All fill and backfill shall be sand or pit run sand/gravel graded from 1" size
downward, if excavated material is not suitable for backfill.
1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required
of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified
otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when
required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.12 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other
submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates
that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE
OTHER
OF SYSTEM
SPEC DETAIL PRODINSTALL O & M (SEE
DEMON-
SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATASAMPLESMETHODSMANUAL NOTES)
STRATION
22 05 19 Meters and Gages for X
Plumbing Piping
22 05 23 General Duty Valves for X
Plumbing Piping
22 05 53 Plumbing Identification X
22 07 00 Plumbing Insulation X
22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures X X
22 45 00 Emergency Plumbing X X
Fixtures
22 61 19 Medical Gas Equipment for X X
Healthcare Facilities
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting
the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab
indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for
equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing
and balancing report, etc.
1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures.
Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours.
System Pressure
Domestic Water Piping Systems Refer to Section 22 11 16 - Domestic
Water Piping.
Soil, Waste, Drainage Piping 10 feet waterhead or fill to
Below Grade top of vent outlet above roof.
Soil, Waste, Drainage Piping Fill piping with water to top
Above Grade of vent outlet above roof, or 10 feet
waterhead.
Gas Piping 10 psi air pressure, liquid soap test
around all joints.
TESTING NOTE: All rubber gasket joints for cast iron soil pipe and fittings should be properly restrained
if test pressures exceed 10 feet of head.
B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to
demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing
dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed.
1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the plumbing installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his
designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all
systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such
systems.
1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so
appropriate personnel can be present.
2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.
B. Equipment training:
1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of
equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction
materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and
safe operating procedures.
3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.
4. Plumbing Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's
representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the
details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.
5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and
shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the
table below.
C. System training:
1. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation
in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.
D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:
SectionDescriptionHours Presented ByOthers PresentRemarks
(Note 1)
22 00 10 Plumbing System 8 Contractor Note 2
(Excluding Equipment)
1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy.
2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water flow
patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures.
E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date,
time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction.
An example of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to
Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has
been completed to Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor:
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner:
NAMES DATE HOURS
Acknowledgement of demonstration:
E. Contractor's Representative:
signature
date
Owner's Representative:
signature
date
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality.
These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the
bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance),
operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all
extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.18 GUARANTEE
A. The entire plumbing system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in
materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial
occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period
shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any
manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
1.19 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left
during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.20 CLEANING
A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned
internally.
B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name
plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of
units.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #06-01
Central Sterilization Renovation RAPC #1135
C. Before being placed in service, all domestic water distribution systems, including those for cold
water and hot water shall be chlorinated as required per Section 22 1116 - Domestic Water
Piping.
1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Electrical work and equipment provided by Contractor shall include the following:
1. Starters and disconnects for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically
indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.
2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of plumbing
equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.
3. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.
B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for plumbing equipment, including services for
motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. Motor and equipment locations are
shown on the electrical drawings.
C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the
plumbing contractor.
D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment
furnished by the plumbing contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with
the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment.
E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall verify with
him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services
required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment
furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters
and overload protection.
1.22 ACCESS DOORS
A. When Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be concealed by
non-accessible architectural construction, Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The
access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type
for the specific construction involved.
B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label.
C. Construction
1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel.
2. Trim shall be of one piece construction.
3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel.
4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge.
5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.
1.23 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.
END OF SECTION 22 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS
22 00 10-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Demolition
2. Sleeves
3. Escutcheons
4. Fire Stopping
5. Guards
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from
the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel
with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows:
1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge
2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge
3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge
B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations,
footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe.
C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction,
except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum.
D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and
to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to
take pipe and waterproofing material.
E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions
and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors
in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and
caulking compound.
F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing,
furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions;
flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and
caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except
sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
22 05 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall
be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of
pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor.
2.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons
shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve.
Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear
sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or
other approved devices.
2.04 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and
partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or
duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of
wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be
removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be
performed.
2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or
existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include
all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before
any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all
required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match,
complete and finish all affected surfaces.
2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit
back to point of origin.
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by
operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to
reestablish continuity of such piping systems.
2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction,
with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to
removal of equipment and piping.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
22 05 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new
work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for
extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material
herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 SLEEVES
A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations
as required by this section.
3.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
3.04 GUARDS
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to
extend up from floor 48”. Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge.
END OF SECTION 22 05 00
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
22 05 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
22 05 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 13
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to
600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer’s factory or shipped separately by equipment
manufacturer for field installation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for all motors provided.
B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection
requirements.
C. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase
motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.
D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and
wiring instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with NEMA MG1 unless noted otherwise.
B. Constant Speed Motors: Minimum 1.15 service factor; rated at 40 deg. C. ambient temperature
with 90 deg. C. temperature rise (Class B insulation).
C. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Inverter duty rated, Class F insulation
(minimum). Windings shall be copper magnet with moisture-resistant insulation varnish,
designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses
produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.
D. Multiple speed motors: Multiple windings.
E. Motor Efficiency: Premium efficiency as defined in NEMA MG1.
F. Peak instantaneous current: Maximum 130% of full-load.
G. All motors shall be provided as required for motor orientation within equipment.
H. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads continuously in the
prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the motors are installed, without exceeding the
NEMA standard temperature rises for the motor insulations.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
22 05 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
I. Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be coordinated with the connected
loads to assure adequate starting and running torques.
J. Motor Enclosures:
1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors.
2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings, they shall be the
NEMA types which are most suitable for the environmental conditions where the motors
are being installed. Motors located outdoors to be totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-
sealed type.
3. Thoroughly clean and paint the enclosures at the factory with manufacturer's prime coat
and standard finish.
K. Additional requirements for specific motors, as indicated in other sections, shall also apply.
2.02 SINGLE PHASE POWER
A. Capacitor start motors starting torque shall be three times full load torque and starting current
shall be less than five times full load current.
B. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque.
C. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque.
D. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors
with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.
E. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor,
prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings.
F. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor,
prelubricated ball bearings.
2.03 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS
A. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque.
B. Starting Current: Six times full load current.
C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B
characteristics.
D. Design, Construction, Testing and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors.
E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better.
F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from
electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data.
G. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum or cast iron with end brackets of
cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts.
H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in
motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter.
I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged
provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate
bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard
shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
22 05 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 22 05 13
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
22 05 13-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
22 05 13-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 19
METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install meters and gauges as
required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Thermometers
1. Weiss A-78-23 ½ (Base Specification)
2. Taylor
3. Weksler
4. U.S. Gauge
5. Trerice
B. Gauges (For Water)
1. Weiss Series LF45-2 (Base Specification)
2. Dwyer
3. Taylor
4. Weksler
5. U.S. Gauge
6. Trerice
2.02 THERMOMETERS
A. 9" "Adjust-Angle" industrial thermometer, complete with double thick glass front, red reading,
separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any required angle front to back or left to
right during or after installation. Range 30-180 deg. F for domestic hot water.
2.03 GAUGES
A. Weiss Series 4" liquid filled compound pressure-vacuum gauge with snubber, stainless steel
case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT. Range 30" vacuum to 100 lb. pressure for water. Note: For
outside applications use silicon filled gauge.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at water heaters and at other points as indicated
on the drawings.
Rohrbach Associates PC METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 19-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.02 Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4" galvanized steel pipe manifold connected to the
suction and discharge of the pump, with the needle valves in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so
that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure.
3.03 Install gauges at pressure reducing valves and at other points as indicated on drawings.
END OF SECTION 22 05 19
Rohrbach Associates PC METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 19-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the
drawings and this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and
temperature ratings.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves
greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water
System Components, Lead Content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Gate Valves, Globe Valves, and Check Valves
1. Nibco
2. Powell
3. Milwaukee
4. Watts
B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves
1. Nibco
2. ABZ
3. Milwaukee
4. Watts
C. Ball Valves
1. Watts B-6000 Series
2. Milwaukee BA-100/BA-150
3. Nibco T-580 Series
4. Apollo 77C Series
D. Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Balancing Valves
1. Taco
2. Bell & Gossett
3. Wheatley
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 23-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
4. Armstrong
5. Flow Design Inc. (Flow Set)
6. Griswold
E. Polypropylene and/or PVDF Ball Valves
1. R&G Sloan - PPRO-Seal
2. ASAHF
3. Enfield
4. ASAHI/American
F. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this
section or on the drawings.
G. Model numbers in valve schedule based on Nibco, unless noted otherwise.
2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION
A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. Valves on steam
service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping.
B. Check Valves: Horizontal swing type with bronze seat and composition of bronze disc as
approved; body of same material, pressure rating, screwed or flanged and finish as adjoining
globe or gate valve.
C. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece standard port with chrome plated ball, teflon seats
and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle.
1. Full port for valves 2-1/2” and smaller.
2. Standard port for valves 3” and larger.
D. Domestic hot water recirculation balancing valves: Bell & Gossett Model CB “Circuit Setter” or
equal.
1. Ball type valve with bronze body/brass ball construction, glass and carbon fitted TFE seat
rings, extended readout ports with integral check valves and gasketed caps, drain port,
calibrated nameplate and position indicator, memory stops, and NPT connectors, rated
for 300 psig at 250F.
2. Valves to seal leak-tight at maximum rated working pressure.
3. Valves to be selected for 5 ft. pressure drop at full open setting and design water flow.
E. Butterfly Valves 3” and Larger: Cast iron body with aluminum bronze disc, EPDM or BUNA N
seat, 416 stainless steel stem body with extended neck.
2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule:
Service Valve type
Building domestic and industrial water, Gate - 2” and larger, Clow – epoxy coated,
before and after meter resilient seated, full port OS&Y
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 23-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
Domestic hot and cold water pressures Ball - 2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C
up to 200 psi Ball - 3" and 4”, Apollo 70
Butterfly – 3” and larger, N200 235/245
Check - 2" and smaller, 413
2-1/2" and larger, 918
Domestic hot water recirculation valves All sizes – Bell & Gossett Model CB circuit
setter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections.
3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0" above
the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor.
3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for
vertical operation.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 23-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
22 05 23-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports,
anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:
1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports.
2. Vertical-Piping Clamps.
3. Hanger-Rod Attachments.
4. Building Attachments.
5. Saddles and Shields.
6. Miscellaneous Materials.
7. Anchors.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining to product
materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals.
B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and
Factory Mutual approved.
C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI
Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of
this specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog
numbers based on Grinnell:
1. Anvil International
2. B-Line
3. Elcen
4. Unistrut Building Systems
B. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical
adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction.
C. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall
allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from
transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 29-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.
E. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps.
F. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection.
G. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial
movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.
H. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity
from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger
pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot
position.
I. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the
supported pipe.
J. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to
prevent damage or weakening of the structural members.
K. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate
and attach inserts to concrete forms.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT
A. Hanger rods for steel and copper pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following
schedule:
Nominal Pipe Minimum Rod
Size, in. Maximum Span, ft. Diameter, in.
up to 1 10 3/8
1-1/2 10 3/8
2 10 3/8
2-1/2 11 1/2
3 12 1/2
3-1/2 13 1/2
4 14 5/8
5 16 5/8
6 17 3/4
8 19 7/8
10 22 7/8
12 23 7/8
For 1/2 in. copper tube, 8 ft. spacing of hangers is recommended.
B. Support horizontal cast iron soil pipe with one hanger for each pipe length. Locate hangers within
18" of hub or joint.
C. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction
and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc.
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 29-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type
hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required
spacing to support the particular group of pipes.
E. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194
for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.
F. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes
up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack.
G. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed
concrete will not be permitted.
3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line.
B. Support vertical cast iron soil pipe at every floor line.
C. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or
block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser.
D. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support clamp
extensions from inserts or other approved attachment.
3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS
A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30".
B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65.
C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the
drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177.
D. For glass piping, provide padded pipe clamps and padded hangers as per manufacturers
=
recommendations.
3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required.
Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option
cut and thread rod on the job site.
B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended
from another pipe.
C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be
supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports
shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional
loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.
3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black carbon steel
concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable
drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon
system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor.
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 29-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87,
with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs.
For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with
hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.
C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange
pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper
plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to
180 lbs.
D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck.
3.06 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION
A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide
insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A,
or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.
END OF SECTION 22 05 29
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 29-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of plumbing identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in other Division-22 sections.
B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:
1. Painted identification materials
2. Plastic pipe markers
3. Plastic tape
4. Valve tags
C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the
equipment assembly in other Division-22 sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of
identification devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2"
x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on
tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which
are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of
schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals.
B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate nomenclature to be
provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each
application as referenced in other Division-22 sections. Where more than one single type is
specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each
product category.
B. Painted Identification Materials:
1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes
generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar
applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar
operational instructions.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 53-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise
indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.
3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise
indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.
C. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent,
color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any),
provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location,
fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".
3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide
either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter
height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3".
c. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's
standard stainless steel bands.
4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping
system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with
names as shown or specified.
5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally
with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate
unit of plastic.
D. Plastic Tape:
1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive)
vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick.
a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters
(including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.
b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is
indicated.
E. Valve Tags:
1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system
abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16"
hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches.
a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 53-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced
numbers.
3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded
type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for
proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
F. Name Plates:
1. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with
stamped, engraved or embossed letters.
2. Lettering:
a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate.
b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate.
3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid
brass chain.
2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing identification
work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering
and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as
required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of plumbing systems and equipment.
1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and
specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as
service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements:
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,
painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after
completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of
acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
B. Access Door Identification:
1. Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and
housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and
operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information.
C. Piping System Identification:
1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to
receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow:
a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and
contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond
ends of lettering.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 53-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in
this section.
c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous
color-coded painting of piping is provided.
2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in
occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels,
plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations.
a. Near each valve and control device.
b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark
each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.
c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter
non-accessible enclosures.
d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of
concealed piping.
e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except
reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment.
g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
D. Valve Identification:
1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping
system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing
fixture faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at
plumbing fixtures and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List
each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.
E. Equipment Identification:
1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including air handling units,
terminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers,
condensing units, and chillers.
2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as
designated by Owner.
3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate.
a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive
fixed name plates.
b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe
markers or stenciled lettering.
END OF SECTION 22 05 53
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
22 05 53-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 07 00
PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and
cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this
section.
B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other
materials as required to complete the insulating work.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and
smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than
25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA
255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement
tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.
B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC
National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
plumbing insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and
furnished accessories for each plumbing system requiring insulation.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of
plumbing insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual.
C. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these
specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire
rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with
manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and plumbing damage. Do not install
damaged insulation; remove from project site.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING INSULATION
22 07 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Insulating Materials
1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp.
2. Armacell
3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp.
4. CertainTeed Corp.
5. Knauf Fiber Glass
6. John's-Manville Corp.
7. Aeroflex
B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.02 PIPE INSULATION
A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor
barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.
Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be at least
0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02
perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.
1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or
stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed.
2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30 mil
PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.
B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water
vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal
to Armacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation
manufacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex
finish.
2.03 FITTING INSULATION
A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent
pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or
low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or
multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and
covered with all-service jacket.
B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe
insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering.
2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. Type ‘G’:
1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for
operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms.
Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing.
2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment.
On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel
bands 18” on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on
12” centers and secure with speed washers.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING INSULATION
22 07 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges
and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the
jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
B. Type ‘I’:
1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg.
F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation.
2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation
shall be installed using Armacell 520 Adhesive.
3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected.
Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except
where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to
protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.
3.02 Do not insulate the following:
A. Valve bonnets
B. Unions in hot piping
C. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet.
D. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan.
E. Preinsulated expansion joints
3.03 Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has
completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.
3.04 Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of
covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and
uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and
hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures
to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.
3.05 Insulation at removable heads, manhole covers, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be
fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable
insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment
vapor barrier.
********NOTE: Not all services apply – refer to plans for scope of services. ************
3.06 INSULATION SCHEDULE
Service Type Insulation and Thickness *
Above Ground Piping
Domestic cold water lines Type A and A1:
All pipe sizes - 1" thick
Type B and B1:
All pipe sizes - 1/2" thick
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING INSULATION
22 07 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
Domestic hot water, tempered water, and Type A and A1:
recirculating lines 1 1/4" and smaller – 1/2" thick
1-1/2" and larger - 1" thick
Type B and B1:
1 1/4" and smaller – 1/2" thick
1-1/2" and larger - 1" thick
Horizontal and vertical portions of above grade Type A and A1: 1” thick for
storm piping, sump pump discharge lines. all pipe sizes
Underground Piping
Domestic hot water lines and Type B and B1:
recirculation lines 3/4” thick all pipe sizes
* For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2”
END OF SECTION 22 07 00
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING INSULATION
22 07 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 11 16
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to
fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of domestic water piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by
requirements of this section.
2. Insulation of domestic water piping is specified in other Division-22 sections, and is
included as work of this section.
3. Installation of valves for domestic waterpiping system is specified in other Division-22
sections and is included as work of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with ASME B31.9
"Building Services Piping".
B. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with IAMPO
"Uniform Plumbing Code".
C. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with the
"International Plumbing Code".
D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI-
WH201.
E. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping, valves, fittings, and fixtures
(excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, shower valves, and main gate valves greater
than 2”) hall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System
Components, Lead Content.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each domestic watergrooved
and roll grooved piping system to be provided.
B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Backflow Preventers
1. Watts
2. Apollo Valves
3. Febco
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Water Hammer Arrestors
1. Ancon
2. Sioux Chief
3. Wade
4. Watts
5. Zurn
C. Grooved Piping Systems
1. Gruvlok by Anvil International
2. Victaulic
D. Copper Pressure Seal Fittings
1. Viega Pro Press
2. NIBCO Press System
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials
and products complying with Uniform Plumbing Code and International Plumbing Code where
applicable, base pressure rating on domestic waterpiping system's maximum design pressures.
Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials
which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping systems. Where more than one type
of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Valves: Refer to Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
D. Expansion Compensation: Refer to Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing
Piping.
E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping.
F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping.
2.03 PIPE:
Material Service
A. Copper water tube, hard temper,
ASTM B88.
Type K Domestic water lines under building. Water
service pipe 2" and smaller.
Type L Above ground domestic water lines.
B. Brass pipe, Schedule 40, chromium Exposed piping connections for
plated. ASTM B43. plumbingfixtures.
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.04 FITTINGS:
A. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper:
1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63.
2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME
B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove copper piping system and fittings: may be used as
approved by code for copper piping. All components shall be by one manufacturer.
System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for
chromium plated pipe.
C. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove pipe coupling and fittings: Victaulic may be used as
approved by Code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for intended
service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation shall be in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Copper water tube:
1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube
ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by
manufacturer of solder type fittings.
2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME
B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM.
3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as
approved by code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for
intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of
unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions.
C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet.
2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls.
3. In connections to equipment.
4. Where indicated on drawings.
D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or
equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic.
2.07 AIR VENTS
A. Manual Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 17SR.
B. Automatic Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 7
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.08 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer:
1. General: A reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be installed at each cross
connection or at the water meter to prevent back-siphonage and backpressure backflow
of hazardous materials into the potable water supply.
2. The device shall consist of a pressure differential relief valve located in a zone between
two positive seating check valves. The assembly shall include two tightly closing shut-off
valves before and after the device, test cocks and a protective strainer upstream of the
No. 1 shut-off valve. The reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall have all
access port covers secured with stainless steel screws which are bolted to valve body.
Vent outlet to have suitable connections for an air gap.
3. The device shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1013 and AWWA
Standard C506, be listed by IAPMO (UPC) and be approved by FCCCHR at USC.
Provide with air gap fitting for discharge. Basis of design to be:
a. Watts Regulator Co. Series 009 – size 3/4" thru 2".
b. Watts Regulator Co. Series 909 – size 3/4" thru 10".
B. Pressure Vacuum Breakers: A pressure anti-siphon vacuum breaker shall be installed at all
threaded hose connections and where indicated on the plans to prevent the back-siphonage of
contaminated water. This assembly is not to be used where there is a possibility that a back
pressure condition may develop. The assembly will incorporate an acetyl bonnet with silicone
rubber o-ring seal and silicone rubber seat disc. The valve shall have replaceable seats. Check
assembly shall be guided over its full stroke by V notched guides. The assembly shall meet the
A@
requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1020. Where vacuum breaker is not integral to trim, unit
shall be equal toWatts Regulator Company Series 800M4QT.
2.09 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Water hammer arrestors shall be piston type with seamless copper chamber, two O-ring piston
and a 60 psi charge. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized, tested and certified in accordance
with the Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201 and American Society of Sanitary
Engineering Standard ASSE-1010.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which domestic water piping systems materials
and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturers’ recommendations, Uniform
and International Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet system
pressure and performance requirements.
B. Valves
1. Refer to Section 22 05 23 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping.
2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below
horizontal.
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser
serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures and elsewhere as indicated.
4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each domestic waterequipment item and
elsewhere as indicated.
5. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
D. Expansion Compensation Products: Refer to Section 22 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for
Plumbing Piping.
E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 22 05 19 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping.
F. Supports and Anchors: Refer to Section 22 05 29 – Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping
and Equipment.
3.03 DOMESTIC WATERPIPING
A. Install pipe for all domestic waterand domestic water systems as indicated on drawings, as called
for in other sections, and as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible;
form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid
interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance
to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run
in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid
ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be
maintained for drainage.
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over electrical
equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension
with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
F. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment requiring water
supplies.
G. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage valves shall be
provided.
H. Connect branch-feed piping to mains at horizontal centerline of mains; connect run-out piping to
branches at horizontal centerline of branches.
I. Pipes built into masonry or concrete construction shall be wrapped with tar paper or burlap to
prevent bonding to the concrete.
J. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to occur.
K. No pipe shall be in contact with, or attached to, a structural member in a manner that causes the
transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water
hammer.
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Refer to Section 22 11 23 - Domestic Water Pumps, 22 33 00 - Electric Domestic Water Heaters,
22 34 00 - Fuel Fired Domestic Water Heaters, and 22 35 00 - Domestic Water Heat Exchangers.
B. General: Connect domestic waterpiping system to plumbing equipment as indicated, and comply
with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve
and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES
A. Refer to Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures, 22 45 00 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures, and 22
47 00 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.
B. General: Connect water piping system to plumbing fixtures as indicated, and comply with
manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated.
C. Water supply to all fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back siphonage of
polluted water into the water supply. All supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture
or separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Install backflow preventers where required per local code and in accordance with manufacturers
=
recommendations. Backflow preventers to be installed accessible for testing, installing contractor
shall provide testing by a certified backflow assembly tester at time of installation as required by
the Uniform Plumbing Code. Install air gap fitting and pipe to nearest floor drain.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
A. Install water hammer arrestors as indicated on the drawings and as required per Plumbing and
Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201. Water hammer arrestors to be installed in accessible
locations where possible.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SPECIALTIES
A. General: Install plumbing specialties and valves as per manufacturer’s installation instructions.
B. Provide unions, valves to units at each connection as required by inspection.
3.09 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. General: New water mains shall be subject to hydrostatic testing in accordance with AWWA C600
and other applicable AWWA Standards of latest revision and the following supplemental
instructions.
B. Supplemental Instructions:
1. After disinfection, all newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subject to a
hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 X the working pressure at the point of testing or 100 psig,
whichever is greater.
2. The test procedures shall:
a. Not exceed pipe or thrust restraint design pressures.
b. Be of at least 4-hour duration.
c. Not exceed the rated pressure of the valves or hydrants.
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Each valved section of pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the specified test
pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe.
4. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the
pipe, valves and hydrants.
5. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants that are discovered following
the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with sound material and the test shall be
repeated.
6. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be
defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any
valved section thereof, to maintain test pressure.
7. No pipe installation will be accepted where leakage is observed.
3.10 DISINFECTION
A. General: Upon completion of a newly installed piping or when repairs to an existing pipe are
made, the piping shall be disinfected according to instructions listed in AWWA C601, local codes,
local utility requirements, and the following supplemental instructions.
B. Repairs: Repairs to mains and plumbing shall be disinfected by swabbing with hypochlorite and
flushing in accordance with AWWA C601.
END OF SECTION 22 11 16
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
22 11 16-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 13 16
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to
fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of sanitary waste and vent piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules,
and by requirements of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with
IAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code".
B. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with the
"International Plumbing Code".
C. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with Standard PDI-
WH201.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Floor Drains
1. Jay R. Smith
2. Jonespec
3. Josam
4. Wade
5. Watts
6. Zurn
B. Trench Drains
1. Aco Drain
2. ABT, Inc. (Polydrain)
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials
and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types
matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe
materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of
materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping.
2.03 PIPE:
Material Service
A. Cast iron soil pipe, service Below grade sanitary sewers under building.
class, bell and spigot, Above ground soil, waste, and vent.
asphalt coated, ASTM A74.
B. Cast iron soil pipe, Below grade sanitary sewers, above
service class, no hub, ground soil, waste, and vent as
asphalt coated CISPI 301 or permitted by local code.
ASTM A-888.
C. Copper water tube, hard temper,
ASTM B88.
Type K Underground condensate drain line.
Type M Above ground soil, waste, and vent up to
and including 2-1/2" diameter. Above
ground condensate drain lines. As
permitted by local code.
D. Brass pipe, Schedule 40, chromium Exposed piping connections for
plated. ASTM B43. plumbing fixtures.
2.04 FITTINGS:
A. Material and strength of fitting for cast iron sewer pipe, clay sewer pipe and concrete sewer pipe
shall conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards.
B. Copper drainage tube: Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI B16.23.
C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated, for
chromium plated pipe.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Vitrified clay and concrete pipe: Pipe manufacturer's standard preformed pre-set plastic or rubber
joint, installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Acceptable manufacturers: Amvit,
Tylox or Kent.
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe: Pack joints with oakum, fill with molten lead at one pouring,
caulk solid flush with hub rim. If approved by Code, pre-set plastic or neoprene joint may be
used, ASTM C 564.
C. Cast iron no-hub pipe: Coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench, CISPI 310, ASTM C 564.
D. Copper drainage tube: Use non-corrosive 50-50 solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish
tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by
manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same method for copper refrigerant pipe, except use
silver solder with 5% silver content, or equal strength brazing alloy.
2.06 VENTS
A. Vents through the roof shall be cast iron long increasers beginning at 12" under the roof and
extending at least above the highest possible water level on the roof but in no case less than 8".
Size increases as follows:
Vent Size Increase To
1-1/4" and 1-1/2" 3" minimum
2" and 2-1/2" 4" minimum
3" 5"
4" 6"
2.07 FLOOR DRAINS
A. Shall be of the style as called for in fixture schedule.
B. Drains without integral traps shall have service class p-traps.
2.08 CLEANOUTS
A. In floors of finished areas: cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe hub with brass countersunk plug
and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top.
B. In floors of unfinished areas: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub, with
brass countersunk plug.
C. In walls of finished areas: cast brass raised head plug and round stainless steel cover plate with
polished top and countersunk cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast
iron soil pipe.
D. In walls of unfinished areas: cast brass raised head, iron pipe size male threads. Provide with
caulking ferrule where installed in iron soil pipe.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which sanitary waste and vent piping systems
materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturers recommendations,
=
International and Uniform Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet the
intent of the documents.
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. No soil or waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction without first being proved free of
leaks by a hydrostatic test of at least 10 feet head.
C. Install vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch back to the drainage system,
concealed from finished spaces, unless shown or directed otherwise.
D. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately located and concealed from
finished spaces, unless indicated otherwise.
E. Connections to horizontal branches shall be at 45 deg. angle using Wye or Tee-Wye. Connection
to vertical stacks shall be with Sanitary Tee or Tee-Wye at 45 deg.
3.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
A. Install pipe for all sanitary waste and vent systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other
sections, and as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible;
form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid
interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance
to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run
in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid
ductwork.
C. Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller and 1/8"
per foot for lines 4" and larger. Protect all openings against the entrance of dirt. Where piping
must cross footings, the piping shall cross under footings unless noted otherwise on the
drawings.
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical
equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension
with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
F. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing.
G. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 22 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing
Piping.
H. Equipment Connections
1. General: Connect sanitary waste and ventpiping system to plumbing equipment as
indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise
indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain
connection.
I. Field Quality Control
1. Piping Tests: Test sanitary waste and ventpiping in accordance with testing
requirements of Division-22 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing
General Provisions.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS
A. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack where the sewer leaves the building and at other
points where required by code and good practice. Cleanout spacing shall not exceed 50'-0" on
long runs. Cleanouts shall be the same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 4" for 4" or larger
pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor and wall surfaces.
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS
A. Obtain exact finish floor levels from the General Contractor and set floor drain top rims accurately
to proper level. Allow for proper slope towards drains.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES
A. Refer to Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures, 22 45 00 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures, and 22
47 00 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers.
END OF SECTION 22 13 16
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
22 13 16-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation
as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in dimensions, and
construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.
B. Submit to General Contractor cut-out template for all sinks which are to be installed in
countertops.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves
greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System
Components, Lead Content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Vitreous China Fixtures
1. American Standard
2. Crane
3. Eljer
4. Kohler
5. Zurn
6. Sloan
B. Stainless Steel Sinks
1. Elkay
2. Just
3. Kohler
C. Trim
1. Chicago Faucet
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 40 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Carriers
1. Jay R. Smith
2. Jonespec
3. Josam
4. Wade
5. Watts
6. Zurn
E. Mixing Valves
1. Leonard
2. Powers
3. Symmons
4. Apollo
5. Lawler
2.02 VITREOUS FIXTURES
A. Vitreous ware shall be non-absorbant, even color, unwarped, two-fired vitreous china, grade "A"
as rated by the Bureau of Standards.
B. Vitreous fixtures shall be white, except where other colors are called for in the schedule.
2.03 STAINLESS STEEL SINKS
A. Stainless steel sinks shall be fabricated from 18 gauge nickel-bearing type 302 stainless steel,
with satin finish, sound deadening treatment and 3/16" drop down ledge. Provide with channel
and pull down clips to ensure tight seal between sink and countertop.
2.04 TRIM
A. Trim to include supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces, strainers, waste and traps. Floor
and wall plates shall be brass. Exposed trim shall be chrome plated.
B. Potable water supply piping and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, and
shower valves) shall meet the certification requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 – Drinking Water
System Components, Lead Content.
C. Stop valves shall be compression type with loose key control.
D. P-trap shall be adjustable 18 gauge tubular brass. Where offset P-traps are required for
handicapped accessible lavatories, offset and P-trap shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by
Truebro, or equal. When supply risers are exposed, they shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard
by Truebro, or equal.
E. Trim shall be considered "exposed" even when concealed behind base cabinets having doors.
F. Mixing valve, transformer, or piping under the counter shall be covered with Lav-Shield by
Truebro or equal in areas where a cabinet does not cover them.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings.
3.02 Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required. Dimensions for spacing shall be
verified with General Contractor. Fixtures in ADA accessible stalls shall be installed with the flush valve
handle to the open side of the stall, where applicable.
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 40 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.03 Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use Miracle Adhesive Corporation
Tub-Caulk or approved equal pointing material under all setting surfaces.
3.04 Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. All wall hung fixtures shall have carriers unless other
mounting means are approved by Design Professional. Mounting heights shall be as indicated on
Architectural elevations, and in accordance with the requirements of the ADA.
3.05 Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet concealed in
floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Carriers for urinals shall have thrust
bolts at bottom. Carriers for lavatories and electric water coolers shall have mounting plate type hanger
or concealed arms as required by the fixture schedule. Carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing
fixtures.
3.06 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction.
At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.
3.07 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner.
Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner.
3.08 Joints of lavatories with counter and/or wall, sinks with wall, urinals with wall and water closets with
wall and/or floor shall be caulked with transparent silicone caulk by Contractor.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 40 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 40 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 45 00
EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture installation
as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI Z358.1 - 1998 "Emergency Eyewash and Shower
Equipment," as applicable to the provision and installation of emergency fixtures.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in dimensions, and
construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Emergency Fixtures
1. Bradley
2. Guardian
3. Haws
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the drawings.
3.02 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of construction.
At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.
3.03 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by Owner.
Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION 22 45 00
Rohrbach Associates PC EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 45 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 45 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 22 61 13
MEDICAL GAS PIPING FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 22 00 10 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work under this section shall include furnishing, installing and testing complete medical gas
piping systems as detailed on drawings.
B. Electrical wiring of master alarm panels and area alarm panels associated with systems shall be
part of the mechanical contract.
C. All systems shall be complete in every respect and ready to be put into operation. All material
used shall be new and of the best grade and quality obtainable, and workmanship shall be first
class in every respect.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installation shall adhere to the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) as set forth in the latest edition of NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities and the
standards for Medical-Surgical Vacuum Systems in Hospitals as set forth in Compressed Gas
Association (CGA) Pamphlet No. P-2.1, Second Edition 1967. This contractor shall be
responsible for compliance with all local, state or federal codes applicable to this installation.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data for the medical gas materials shall consist of shop drawings and/or catalog cuts
showing technical data necessary to evaluate the material, to include dimensions, ratings, wiring
diagrams and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the item proposed and its
operating characteristics.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Medical Gas Piping System
1. BeaconMedaes
B. One manufacturer shall supply the medical gas piping systems. This manufacturer shall have a
product specialist available to periodically check with the contractor during initial installation of the
pipeline systems and a separate service organization to certify the systems.
2.02 PIPING MATERIALS
A. All piping shall be seamless medical gas copper tubing, type "L", hard drawn, with braze joint
fittings, ASTM B819, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas
Systems.
B. Fittings shall be wrought copper, brass or bronze designed expressly for brazed connection.
Rohrbach Associates PC MEDICAL GAS PIPING FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES
22 61 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Brazing alloy shall be silver brazing alloy or equivalent alloy at least 1000 degrees melting point.
D. Flux shall not be used for copper-to-copper joints. Flux shall be used for joining copper to brass
or bronze. In those cases where flux is used, particular care shall be exercised in applying the
flux to avoid leaving any excess inside the completed joints.
2.03 AREA/ZONE VALVES
A. Valve rough-in box shall be constructed of extruded aluminum. Finishing window frame shall
consist of anodized extruded-aluminum sections with mitered welded corners. It shall have a
shatter-resistant clear rigid vinyl window with pull ring to remove window in an emergency. The
window shall be easily replaced without the use of special tools and be labeled: "Caution-Close
Only in Emergency" and "Pull Ring for Access."
B. Finishing window assembly shall allow for plaster adjustment up to 1".
C. Valves shall be bolted union-ball type with Buna-N seals and chrome-plated tubing extensions.
Color-coded gas identification labels shall be supplied for each valve assembly. Valves shall
require only a quarter turn of the handle to completely open or close and shall be cleaned for
oxygen service. The box shall be designed so that when a valve is closed the window cannot be
installed.
D. Downstream of each valve, in the tubing extension within the box, shall be mounted a 1-1/2"
diameter line-pressure monitoring gauge.
E. Size and quantity of valve boxes shall be as indicated on plans.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Piping System:
1. All copper pipe, tubing, valves, fittings, station outlets and other piping components shall
be precleaned and prepared for oxygen service by the manufacturer prior to installation in
accordance with CGA G4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, except fittings shall
be permitted to be cleaned by a supplier or agency other than the manufacturer.
2. All joints in the piping, except those at equipment requiring screwed connections, shall be
made with silver brazing alloy or similar high melting point at least 1000 degrees F
brazing metal. During the brazing of pipe connections, the interior of the pipe shall be
purged continuously with nitrogen. The outside of the tube and fittings shall be cleaned
by washing with hot water after assembly.
3. Threaded joints in piping systems shall be tinned or made up with polytetrafluorethylene
tape or other thread sealants suitable for oxygen service. Sealants shall be applied to
the male threads only.
4. All piping shall be supported with pipe straps or hangers at appropriate intervals and NOT
supported by other piping.
5. All pipe and tubing shall be labeled or painted to indicate its gas content. Labeling shall
appear on the piping at intervals of not more than 20 feet and a least once in each room
and each story traversed by the piping system. Where supplementary color identification
of piping is used, it shall be in accordance with the gases and colors indicated in CGA
Pamphlet C-9.
6. Piping exposed to physical damage shall be adequately protected.
Rohrbach Associates PC MEDICAL GAS PIPING FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES
22 61 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Pressure Testing
1. After installation of the piping and valves, but before installation of the service outlets and
gauges, the line shall be blown clear by means of oil-free, dry air or nitrogen.
2. After installation of the rough-in portion of service outlets, but before closing of the walls,
each section of the piping system shall be subjected to a test pressure of one and one-
half (1-1/2) times the maximum working pressure, but not less than 150 psig, with oil-free,
dry air or nitrogen. This test pressure shall be maintained until each joint has been
examined for leakage by means of soapy water or other effective means of leak detection
safe for use with oxygen. All tests shall be witnessed by the Owner's inspector or
representative and shall be approved.
3. All leaks shall be repaired and the section retested.
4. After completing the testing of each individual piping system, all of the medical gas
systems shall be subjected to a 24-hour standing pressure test at one and one-half (1-
1/2) times the maximum working pressure, but not less than 150 psig. The test gas shall
be oil-free, dry air or nitrogen. The main line shut-off valve shall be closed during the
test.
5. After completion of the above test procedure the finishing assemblies of station outlets
and all components (e.g. pressure switches, gauges, relief valves, etc.) shall be installed
and all medical gas piping systems shall be subjected to a 24-hour standing pressure test
at 20 percent above the normal operating line pressure. The main line shut-off valve
shall be closed during this test.
6. Leaks, if any, shall be located, repaired and the system retested.
3.02 CROSS-CONNECTION TESTING, CERTIFICATION AND START-UP
A. Cross-connection testing and certification of the medical gas system must be performed by
factory trained technicians of the equipment manufacturer or qualified independent agency.
Medical gas systems shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 99. The alarm system shall also
be tested in accordance with NFPA 99.
In addition to cross-connection testing, this specification shall require the equipment manufacturer
or qualified independent agency to test each individual pipeline systems component for
performance to design specifications and make any necessary adjustments to ensure a complete
and working system.
Part of this testing and certification shall be to identify which zone valves serve which room
outlets and label zone with rooms served.
The contractor shall obtain and present to the owner a notarized letter of pipeline certification
from the equipment manufacturer. This letter of certification shall indicate:
1. That the system is free of crossed connections.
2. That all systems components perform to the manufacturer's design specification.
3. That all systems components have been adjusted in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Rohrbach Associates PC MEDICAL GAS PIPING FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES
22 61 13-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
4. That the equipment manufacturer has provided Owner instruction and training on
equipment installed.
END OF SECTION 22 61 13
Rohrbach Associates PC MEDICAL GAS PIPING FOR HEALTHCARE FACILITIES
22 61 13-4
DIVISION 23
HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 00 10
HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General
Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the HVAC contract. This shall include, but not necessarily
be limited to, the following:
1. Piping Insulation
2. Ductwork for Air Distribution
3. Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Dampers
4. Exhaust Fans and Ducts
5. Thermostats and Control Wiring
6. Insulation of Ducts and Plenums
7. Hydronic Piping
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly
functioning HVAC systems.
C. Drawings for HVAC work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work and
indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of
equipment and materials.
D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make
such changes without additional cost to Owner.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings may not be
shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they
are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.
F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft
involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards
of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. International Mechanical Code
2. Uniform Plumbing Code
3. International Building Code
4. National Electric Code (NEC)
5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA)
6. Local Utility Company Requirements
7. Local Codes, all trades
8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA
9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.)
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
11. Iowa Administrative Codes
12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work and
shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code
requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such
questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.
C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code
requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection
with the HVAC work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State,
City, County and Utility.
1.05 HVAC DRAWINGS
A. The HVAC drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall examine
construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type
of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general arrangement
and locations of ducts, piping and equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations
for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout
of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions: scaling
of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and valves may not
be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications,
such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected
against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the
conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities,
routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or
other obstacles.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the
contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the
various contractors.
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of
them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning
thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or
between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of
Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed
that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as
issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by
Design Professional and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially
completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore
equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to
assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work
in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected
and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor
shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may
be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Refer to Division 1 for additional cutting and patching information.
B. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and
partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or
duct shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of
wall/floor. Where piping, sleeves and ducts pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that
are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
C. Existing Structure:
1. Contractor shall provide cutting, lintels and patching, and patch painting in the existing
structure, as required for the installation of his work, and shall furnish lintels and supports
as required for openings.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Cutting of structural support members will not be permitted without prior approval of the
Design Professional. Extent of cutting shall be minimized; use core drills, power saws or
other machines which will provide neat, minimum openings.
3. Patching shall match adjacent materials and surfaces and shall be performed by
craftsmen skilled in the respective craft required.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required
of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified
otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when
required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and other
submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including dates
that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE
OTHER
SPEC DETAIL PRODINSTALL O & M
OF DEMON-
(SEE
SECTION EQUIPMENT DWGS DATASAMPLESMETHODSMANUAL STRATION
NOTES)
23 05 16 Expansion Fittings and X
Loops for HVAC Piping
23 05 19 Meters and Gauges for X
HVAC Piping
23 05 23 General Duty Valves for X
HVAC Piping
23 05 53 HVAC Identification X
23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and 1
Balancing for HVAC
23 07 00 HVAC Insulation X
23 09 00 Instrumentation and Control X X X X
for HVAC
23 21 13 Hydronic Piping:
Air Vents X X
Press &Temp Test Station X
Auto Flow Ctrl Valve X
23 31 13 Metal Ducts X X 1
23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories X X
23 36 00 Air Terminal Units X X
23 37 13 Diffusers, Registers and X
Grilles
NOTES:
1. Submit test reports as described in specification section.
2. Submit borehole log and record drawings.
F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting
the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
HVAC SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab
indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for
equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction, testing
and balancing report, etc.
1.13 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static pressures.
Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours.
System Pressure
Hydronic Piping 150 psi (water)
Steam Piping 150 psi (water)
B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to
demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing
dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.14 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the HVAC installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his designated
representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems
installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.
1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so
appropriate personnel can be present.
2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.
B. Equipment training:
1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of
equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.
2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction
materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and
safe operating procedures.
3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.
4. HVAC Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's
representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the
details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.
5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and
shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the
table below.
C. System training:
1. HVAC and Temperature Controls Contractors shall jointly conduct system operating
training. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up,
operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.
D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:
SectionDescriptionHours Presented ByOthers PresentRemarks
(Note 1)
23 00 10 HVAC System 8 Mech. Contractor Note 2
(Excluding Equipment)
T.C. Contractor
23 09 00 Temperature Control 40 Manufacturer's Representative Note 3
System
1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy.
2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water flow
patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures.
3. Training shall occur in several sessions over the course of the first year of operation. A minimum of four
separate dates are required for temperature controls, two dates for chillers.
E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the date,
time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction.
An example of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to
Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has
been completed to Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor:
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner:
NAMES DATE HOURS
Acknowledgement of demonstration:
E. Contractor's Representative:
signature
date
Owner's Representative:
signature
date
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.16 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality.
These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the
bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance),
operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all
extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.17 GUARANTEE
A. The entire HVAC system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in
materials and installation for a minimum of one year from substantial completion or beneficial
occupancy whichever occurs earlier. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period
shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any
manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
1.18 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by Owner.
B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left
during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.19 CLEANING
A. Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter
on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good piping
practices. During fabrication and assembly, slug and weld splatter shall be removed from both
internal and external pipe joints by preening, chipping, and wire brushing.
B. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be cleaned
internally. Prior to flushing erected piping surfaces, Contractor shall disconnect all instrumentation
and equipment and open wide all valves.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment. Name
plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of
units.
D. Heating and air conditioning equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean filters installed.
1.20 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Electrical work and equipment provided by HVAC Contractor shall include the following:
1. Starters and disconnects for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically
indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.
2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of HVAC
equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.
3. Electrical heating coils and similar elements in HVAC equipment.
4. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.
B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for HVAC equipment, including services for
motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. Motor and equipment locations are
shown on the electrical drawings.
C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished by the
HVAC contractor.
D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and equipment
furnished by the HVAC contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the
equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment.
E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall verify with
him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services
required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment
furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters
and overload protection.
F. Refer to Division 23 Controls section for control system wiring. Control wiring shall be done in
accordance with the requirements of Division 26.
G. All conduit installed for control wiring shall be blue. Labeled conduit will not be accepted.
H. All control wiring shall be in blue conduit.
1.21 ACCESS DOORS
A. When HVAC Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be
concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, HVAC Contractor shall provide a flush
access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or
Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved.
B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label.
C. Construction
1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel.
2. Trim shall be of one piece construction.
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel.
4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge.
5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.
1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.
B. Under no circumstances shall the building HVAC equipment be used for temporary heat, cooling
or ventilation during construction prior to Owner acceptance of the building at substantial
completion.
END OF SECTION 23 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-11
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PCHVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS
23 001 0-12
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Demolition
2. Sleeves
3. Escutcheons
4. Fire Stopping
5. Guards
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DEMOLITION MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from
the site by him, unless otherwise specified.
2.02 SLEEVES
A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet steel
with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows:
1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge
2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge
3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge
B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls, foundations,
footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe.
C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall construction,
except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum.
D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and insulation and
to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to
take pipe and waterproofing material.
E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall, partitions
and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors
in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and
caulking compound.
F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with flashing,
furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions;
flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and
caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except
sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
23 05 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and pipe shall
be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of
pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor.
2.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces. Escutcheons
shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve.
Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear
sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or
other approved devices.
2.04 FIRESTOPPING
A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and
partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or
duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of
wall/floor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be
removed. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be
performed.
2. Contractor shall remove existing equipment and piping not necessary for additions or
existing portions of building as indicated on drawings and/or specified herein. To include
all abandoned equipment and piping back to point of origin.
3. Contractor shall be responsible for the cutting and capping of all existing services before
any work is commenced by the General Contractor.
B. Work by Others: Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Contractor shall assume all
required work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any floors, walls and ceilings, neatly patch, match,
complete and finish all affected surfaces.
2. Electrical Contractor will disconnect all electrical services and remove abandoned conduit
back to point of origin.
C. Existing Conditions:
1. If any piping serving existing fixtures or equipment which are to remain are disturbed by
operations under this Contract, Contractor shall provide pipe and insulation required to
reestablish continuity of such piping systems.
2. Contractor shall arrange for General Contractor to repair, patch and paint all construction,
with material necessary to match surrounding material, which is necessary due to
removal of equipment and piping.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
23 05 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Contractor shall furnish all required labor and material where required to extend new
work to connect to similar work where new addition adjoins existing building and for
extension of existing system. Connection shall be made in a suitable manner.
D. Owner's Right of Salvage: The Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material
herein demolished by the Contractor.
3.02 SLEEVES
A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and foundations
as required by this section.
3.03 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces.
3.04 GUARDS
A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around insulation to
extend up from floor 48”. Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge.
END OF SECTION 23 05 00
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
23 05 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
23 05 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 13
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to
600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer’s factory or shipped separately by equipment
manufacturer for field installation.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for all motors provided.
B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection
requirements.
C. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three phase
motors larger than 1/2 horsepower.
D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections, lubrication, and
wiring instructions.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate valves
greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water
System Components, Lead Content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Comply with NEMA MG1 unless noted otherwise.
B. Constant Speed Motors: Minimum 1.15 service factor; rated at 40 deg. C. ambient temperature
with 90 deg. C. temperature rise (Class B insulation).
C. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Inverter duty rated, Class F insulation
(minimum). Windings shall be copper magnet with moisture-resistant insulation varnish,
designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses
produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.
D. Multiple speed motors: Multiple windings.
E. Motor Efficiency: Premium efficiency as defined in NEMA MG1.
F. Peak instantaneous current: Maximum 130% of full-load.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
23 05 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. All motors shall be provided as required for motor orientation within equipment.
H. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads continuously in the
prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the motors are installed, without exceeding the
NEMA standard temperature rises for the motor insulations.
I. Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be coordinated with the connected
loads to assure adequate starting and running torques.
J. Motor Enclosures:
1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors.
2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings, they shall be the
NEMA types which are most suitable for the environmental conditions where the motors
are being installed. Motors located outdoors to be totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-
sealed type.
3. Thoroughly clean and paint the enclosures at the factory with manufacturer's prime coat
and standard finish.
K. Additional requirements for specific motors, as indicated in other sections, shall also apply.
2.02 SINGLE PHASE POWER
A. Capacitor start motors starting torque shall be three times full load torque and starting current
shall be less than five times full load current.
B. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque.
C. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque.
D. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run motors
with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.
E. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor,
prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings.
F. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor,
prelubricated ball bearings.
2.03 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS
A. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque.
B. Starting Current: Six times full load current.
C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B
characteristics.
D. Design, Construction, Testing and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors.
E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better.
F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free from
electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data.
G. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum or cast iron with end brackets of
cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
23 05 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors imbedded in
motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter.
I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged
provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate
bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard
shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 23 05 13
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
23 05 13-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
23 05 13-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 16
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install expansion joints and
pump connections as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Any expansion indicated per plans has been based on steel pipe. If Contractor should choose to
use an alternate approved material, he shall be responsible for any resulting changes in
expansion.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and schedules for all mechanical joints and pump connectors.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Expansion Compensation Products
1. Flexonics
2. Metraflex
3. Victaulic
4. Minnesota Flexible
5. Keflex
6. Twin City Hose
7. Tri-State Industries
2.02 HYDRONIC MAINS
A. Mechanical Expansion Compensator for 2" diameter and smaller steel pipe: Externally
pressurized, all metal stainless steel bellows, carbon steel shroud and end fittings, internal guides
and internal anti-torque device. 150 psi minimum design pressure. Metraflex Model HP.
B. Mechanical Expansion Compensator for 2" diameter and smaller copper pipe: Externally
pressurized, all bronze with either stainless steel or bronze bellows, brass or copper shroud and
end fittings, internal guides and internal anti-torque device. 150 psi minimum design pressure.
Metraflex Model HPMF.
C. Mechanical Expansion joint for 2-1/2" diameter and larger: Self equalizing, ring controlled
bellows, carbon steel shroud and end fittings, internal guides and internal anti-torque device. 300
psi design temperature. Metraflex Model MC.
D. Mechanical Expansion Joints for Grooved Pipe: Typical installation shall be approved by
submittal.
E. Pipe Guides: Pre-insulated alignment guides, Keflex series CP.
Rohrbach Associates PC EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 16-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.03 STEAM MAINS
A. Mechanical Expansion joint for 2-1/2" diameter and larger: Self equalizing, ring controlled
bellows, carbon steel shroud and end fittings, internal guides and internal anti-torque device. 300
psi design temperature. Metraflex Model MC.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Provide for taking up expansion in hot water and steam mains and risers by means of installing
loops, bends and mechanical expansion joints.
3.02 Use swing or swivel joints for connections from mains to risers and from risers to coils and
equipment connections. Cold spring pipe during installation at points of bends or offsets.
3.03 Install anchoring as required for controlling expansion. Structural members for anchoring shall be
firmly embedded or fastened into building members and shall withstand force of pipe expansion without
straining building structure.
3.04 Where expansion joints and/or loops are installed, piping shall be properly guided and anchored as
recommended by expansion joint manufacturer. For chilled water systems or two-pipe heating/cooling
systems, all pipe alignment guides to be preinsulated by factory. Keflex Series CP.
3.05 Install pump connectors in suction and discharge lines for each base mounted pump. Pump
connectors to be installed in straight line without offset.
END OF SECTION 23 05 16
Rohrbach Associates PC EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 16-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 19
METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install meters and gauges as
required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Thermometers
1. Weiss 9VU335 (Base Specification)
2. Taylor
3. Weksler
4. U.S. Gauge
5. Trerice
B. Gauges (For Water or Steam)
1. Weiss Series 4CTS (Base Specification)
2. Dwyer
3. Taylor
4. Weksler
5. U.S. Gauge
6. Trerice
2.02 THERMOMETERS
A. 9" "Adjust-Angle" industrial thermometer complete with double thick glass front, red reading,
separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any required angle front to back or left to
right during or after installation. Range 30-240 deg. F for hot water, 0-120 deg. F for chilled
water, and 0-120 deg. F for heat pump water.
2.03 GAUGES
A. Weiss Series 4" liquid filled compound pressure-vacuum gauge with snubber, stainless steel
case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT. Range 30" vacuum to 100 lb. pressure for water, 30" vacuum to
30 lb. pressure for low pressure steam, 30" vacuum to 1-1/2 times the system pressure for
medium and high pressure steam. Note: For outside applications use silicon filled gauge.
Rohrbach Associates PC METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 19-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at boilers, heat exchangers, and chillers, at each
supply and return connection for large heating and cooling coils and at other points as indicated on the
drawings.
3.02 Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4" galvanized steel pipe manifold connected to the
suction and discharge of the pump, with the needle valves in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so
that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure.
3.03 Install gauges on boiler and heat exchanger headers, at pressure reducing valves and at other
points as indicated on drawings.
END OF SECTION 23 05 19
Rohrbach Associates PC METERS AND GAUGES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 19-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 23
GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as required by the
drawings and this section.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure and
temperature ratings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Gate Valves, Globe Valves, and Check Valves
1. Nibco
2. Powell
3. Milwaukee
4. Watts
5. Apollo Valves
B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves
1. Nibco
2. ABZ
3. Milwaukee
4. Watts
5. Apollo Valves
C. Grooved Body Butterfly and Swing Check Valves
1. Victaulic
2. Gruvlok by Anvil International
3. Milwaukee
4. Nibco
D. Ball Valves
1. Watts B-6000 Series
2. Milwaukee BA-100/BA-150
3. Nibco T-600 Series
4. Apollo 77C Series
E. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this
section or on the drawings.
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 23-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
F. Model numbers in valve schedule based on Nibco, unless noted otherwise.
2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION
A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. Valves on steam
service 4" and larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping.
B. Globe valves shall have renewable composition discs as recommended by manufacturer for
intended service, or renewable bevel seats and metal discs. Valves on steam service 4" and
larger shall have 1/2" (minimum) bypass valve and piping.
C. Check Valves: Horizontal swing type with bronze seat and composition of bronze disc as
approved; body of same material, pressure rating, screwed or flanged and finish as adjoining
globe or gate valve.
D. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece standard port with chrome plated ball, teflon seats
and stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle.
1. Full port for valves 2-1/2” and smaller.
2. Standard port for valves 3” and larger.
E. Butterfly Valves 3" and larger: Cast iron body with aluminum bronze disc, EPDM or BUNA N
seat, 416 stainless steel stem body with extended neck.
2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule:
Service Valve type
Heat pump water, cooling/heating Ball - 2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C
water, pressures up to 200 psi, Ball - 3" and 4”, Apollo 70 -100
temperatures from 40 deg. F to Butterfly - 2-1/2" and larger, N200 235/245
250 deg. F. Check - 2" and smaller, 413
2-1/2" and larger, 918
Steam, condensate and boiler Gate - 2" and smaller, T-124
feed, up to 125 psi and below 2-1/2" and larger, F-617
450 deg. F. (150# Class) Check - 3" and smaller, T-433
4" and larger, Fig. 559, F-918
Globe - 2" and smaller, Fig. 2600, T-235-Y
2-1/2" and larger, Fig. 241, F-718-B
Steam, condensate and boiler feed, Gate - 2" and smaller, T-174
up to 250 psi (300# Class) Gate - 2-1/2" and larger, Powell 3003
Check - 2" and smaller, T-473
Check – 2-1/2” and larger, Powell 3061
Globe - 2" and smaller, T-275
Globe - 2-1/2" and larger, Powell 3031
B. Valves installed on chilled water systems and two-pipe cooling/heating water systems to be
provided with valve handle extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of
insulation.
C. Grooved Piping System: At Contractor’s option, if mechanical grooved piping system is utilized,
the butterfly valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series VIC-300 and swing check
valves for HVAC applications may be Victaulic Series 712 swing check valves, except in pump
discharge. Check valves in pump discharge shall be as specified previously.
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 23-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections.
3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-0"
above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor.
3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed
for vertical operation.
END OF SECTION 23 05 23
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 23-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
23 05 23-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers, supports,
anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:
1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports.
2. Vertical-Piping Clamps.
3. Hanger-Rod Attachments.
4. Building Attachments.
5. Saddles and Shields.
6. Miscellaneous Materials.
7. Anchors.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining to product
materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals.
B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed and
Factory Mutual approved.
C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the ANSI
Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of
this specification.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog
numbers based on Grinnell:
1. Anvil International
2. B-Line
3. Elcen
4. Unistrut Building Systems
5. Grinnell
B. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical
adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction.
Rohrbach Associates PC
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 29-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall
allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from
transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.
D. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.
E. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps.
F. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection.
G. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or axial
movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing.
H. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod angularity
from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger
pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot
position.
I. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of the
supported pipe.
J. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be taken to
prevent damage or weakening of the structural members.
K. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately locate
and attach inserts to concrete forms.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT
A. Hanger rods for steel and copper pipe shall be installed in accordance with the following
schedule:
Nominal Pipe Minimum Rod
Size, in. Maximum Span, ft. Diameter, in.
up to 1 10 3/8
1-1/2 10 3/8
2 10 3/8
2-1/2 11 1/2
3 12 1/2
3-1/2 13 1/2
4 14 5/8
5 16 5/8
6 17 3/4
8 19 7/8
10 22 7/8
12 23 7/8
For 1/2 in. copper tube, 8 ft. spacing of hangers is recommended.
B. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe direction
and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc.
Rohrbach Associates PC
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 29-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type
hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required
spacing to support the particular group of pipes.
D. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets, Fig 194
for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.
E. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be supported with steel angle or steel channel strut supports as
detailed on the drawings.
F. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126 for pipes
up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack.
G. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base. Unformed
concrete will not be permitted.
3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line.
B. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on concrete or
block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser.
C. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support clamp
extensions from inserts or other approved attachment.
3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS
A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30".
B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. CT-65.
C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on the
drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177.
3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS
A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as required.
Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option
cut and thread rod on the job site.
B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be suspended
from another pipe.
C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall hangers be
supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports
shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional
loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.
3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black carbon steel
concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable
drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon
system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor.
Rohrbach Associates PC
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 29-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87,
with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs.
For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with
hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.
C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling flange
pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper
plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to
180 lbs.
D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck.
3.06 PIPE AND DUCT COVERING PROTECTION
A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce insulation.
Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165,
165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.
END OF SECTION 23 05 29
Rohrbach Associates PC
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 29-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
and
General RequirementsSection 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or specified in
other Division-23 sections.
B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:
1. Painted identification materials
2. Plastic pipe markers
3. Plastic tape
4. Valve tags
C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the
equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles of
identification devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2"
x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on
tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which
are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of
schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals.
B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate nomenclature to be
provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each
application as referenced in other Division-23 sections. Where more than one single type is
specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each
product category.
B. Painted Identification Materials:
1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes
generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar
applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar
operational instructions.
Rohrbach Associates PC
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 53-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise
indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.
3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise
indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.
C. Plastic Pipe Markers:
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent,
color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.
2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any),
provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location,
fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.
b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".
3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide
either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter
height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods:
a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation).
b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not less than
1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3".
c. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's
standard stainless steel bands.
4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping
system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with
names as shown or specified.
5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally
with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate
unit of plastic.
D. Plastic Tape:
1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive)
vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick.
a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters
(including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.
b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is
indicated.
E. Valve Tags:
1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system
abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16"
hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches.
a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated.
b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.
Rohrbach Associates PC
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 53-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced
numbers.
3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded
type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for
proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.
F. Name Plates:
1. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with
stamped, engraved or embossed letters.
2. Lettering:
a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate.
b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate.
3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid
brass chain.
2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in HVAC identification
work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering
and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as
required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of HVAC systems and equipment.
1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown and
specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as
service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements:
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation,
painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after
completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of
acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
B. Ductwork Identification:
1. Access Doors: Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in
ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other
maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural
information.
C. Piping System Identification:
1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to
receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow:
a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle, and
contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond
ends of lettering.
Rohrbach Associates PC
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 53-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in
this section.
c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous
color-coded painting of piping is provided.
2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in
occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels,
plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations.
a. Near each valve and control device.
b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark
each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.
c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter
non-accessible enclosures.
d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of
concealed piping.
e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except
reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment.
g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.
D. Valve Identification:
1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping
system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, and
shut-off valves at terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures
and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.
E. Equipment Identification:
1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including air handling units,
terminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers,
condensing units, and chillers.
2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as
designated by Owner.
3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate.
a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by adhesive
fixed name plates.
b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by plastic pipe
markers or stenciled lettering.
END OF SECTION 23 05 53
Rohrbach Associates PC
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
23 05 53-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
Note: All testing and balancing to be provided by the Testing and Balancing Contractor. The Testing
and Balancing Contractor shall be a direct subcontractor to the General Contractor.
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work is indicated by requirements of this section, and
also by drawings and schedules, and is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, air
distribution systems and associated equipment and apparatus of HVAC work. The work consists
of setting speed and volume (including pulley changes as required) adjusting facilities provided
for systems, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and
recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents.
B. Component types of testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this section includes the
following as applied to HVAC equipment:
1. Air Systems:
a. Air Handling Units
b. Exhaust Fans
c. Ductwork Systems
d. Diffusers and Grilles
e. Exhaust Hoods
2. Water Systems:
a. Coils
b. Heat Exchangers
c. HVAC Piping Systems
d. Domestic Hot Water Recirculating System
C. The Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall provide a complete and operating HVAC
system and shall cooperate with the balancing agency by:
1. Installing balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications and
requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor.
2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period.
3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of any changes made to
the system during construction.
4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections, such as dampers,
belts, etc., as required without undue delay.
5. Providing complete submittal information for all HVAC equipment, complete with pertinent
engineering information.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Field Measurement and
Instrumentation, Total System Balance.
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. ASHRAE - HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. (Most
recent edition).
C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing
and Adjusting of Environmental Systems.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tester: A firm with at least 3 years of successful testing, adjusting and balancing experience on
projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is
not Installer of system to be tested and is otherwise independent of project.
B. TAB Agency Qualification: Current membership in AABC.
C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and accuracy/calibration
required by AABC, National Standards.
D. All testing and balancing contractors are to be approved by the Design Professional before
bidding. The contractors approved to date are:
1. Systems Management and Balancing
Waukee, Iowa
(515) 987-2825
1.05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until work has been completed and is
operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed.
B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and free from
debris, dirt and discarded building materials.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. TAB Agency Qualifications: Submit names and qualifications of company officers and job
supervisor. Submit list of proposed test equipment and sample report format indicating all
measurements to be taken. These shall be submitted to and reviewed by Design Professional
prior to commencing work.
B. The test-and-balance report shall be complete with logs, data, and records as required herein. All
logs, data, and records shall be typed on white bond paper and bound. The report shall be
certified accurate and complete by the balancing agency's certified test-and-balance engineer.
C. Three (3) copies of the test-and-balance report are required and shall be submitted to Design
Professional.
D. The report shall contain the required data in a format selected by Balancing Contractor.
E. Report shall include the following information: (For all references to "design", specific information
from shop drawings shall be incorporated.)
1. Air Moving Equipment:
a. Location
b. Manufacturer and Model
c. Supply, return and exhaust, air flow, design and actual
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
d. Outside air flow, design and actual (where applicable)
e. Inlet, discharge, and total static pressure, design and actual
f. Fan RPM, design and actual
g. Static pressure across the coil section with the face and bypass damper in both
the face and bypass positions (where face and bypass dampers are provided).
2. V-Belt Drive:
a. Identification/location
b. Required driven RPM
c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM
d. Belt, size and quantity
e. Motor sheave, diameter and RPM
3. Duct Traverse:
a. System zone/branch
b. Duct size and area
c. Velocity and airflow, design and actual
d. Duct static pressure
e. Air temperature and correction factor (if applicable)
4. Air Monitoring Station Data:
a. Identification/location
b. System
c. Size and area
d. Velocity and airflow, design and actual
5. Air Terminal Unit Data:
a. Identification/number and location
b. Manufacturer and model
c. Size
d. Minimum static pressure, design and actual
e. Maximum air flows, design and actual
f. Minimum air flow, design and actual
6. Room Air Distribution Test Sheet:
a. Air terminal number
b. Room number/location
c. Terminal type and size
d. Area factor
e. Velocity, design and actual
f. Air flow, design and actual
g. Percent of design air flow
7. Terminal Unit Heating and Cooling Coil Data
a. Identification/number
b. Manufacturer and model
c. Entering and leaving DB temperature, design and actual
d. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual
e. Water flow, design and actual
f. Differential pressure across balancing valves.
8. Water Flow Measuring Station:
a. Identification/station
b. Manufacturer and model
c. Location
d. Size
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
e. Flow rate and pressure drop, design and actual
f. Station calibrated setting
9. Electric Motors:
a. Manufacturer (1/4 hp and larger only)
b. HP/BHP, design and actual
c. Phase, voltage, amperage; design and actual
d. Service factor
e. Starter size, rating, heater elements (as applicable)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Installer for patching holes
in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including
access for test instruments, attaching jibs, and similar purposes.
1. At Tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes in
ductwork and housings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING
A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has
been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. Before initiating balancing work,
Contractor shall verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following:
1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition.
2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable.
3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.
4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final
filters.
5. Duct systems are clean of debris.
6. Correct fan rotation.
7. Volume dampers are in place and open.
8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed.
9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place.
10. Air outlets are installed and connected.
11. Duct system leakage has been minimized.
12. Hydronic systems have been flushed, filled, and vented.
13. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place.
14. Service and balance valves are open.
B. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in accordance
with procedures outlined in applicable standards.
C. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for the
project. Systems serving completed phases of the project will require TAB for such phases prior
to partial final inspections.
D. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of reports prior to partial
final inspections.
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format
recommended by applicable standards. Draft report shall be sent to Design Professional for
review prior to issuance to Owner.
F. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test
purposes, in manner recommended by original Installer.
G. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, fan speed control levers, and similar
controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide markings with
paint or other suitable permanent identification materials.
H. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances
when system cannot be successfully balanced; including, where necessary, modifications which
exceed requirements of contract documents for HVAC work.
I. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the air system in
accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):
1. Test, adjust and record all blower RPM at design requirements.
2. Make pitot tube transverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at all fans and
blowers.
3. Test and record all system static pressures, suction and discharge.
4. Test and adjust all systems for design CFM of recirculated air.
5. Test and adjust all systems for design CFM of outside air.
6. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures (DB and WB); all air units.
7. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return.
8. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register within 10% design requirements.
9. In reading and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers, include design velocity and final
velocity, when required, and design CFM and final CFM after adjustments.
10. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum
air flow rate, full heating.
11. Balance fume hoods for design flow rate/face velocity, including calibration of face
velocity sensors.
12. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, set adjustments of all
controllers to operate as specified, indicated and/or noted.
13. Flow Rate Tolerances:
a. Applications which do not require differential pressure control: -10% to +10%.
b. Applications which require differential pressure control:
1) Positive zones
a) Supply air: 0 to +10%
b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to -10%
2) Negative zones
a) Supply air: 0 to -10%
b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to +10%
c. Minimum outside air: 0 to +10%
J. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the water system in
accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):
1. Before setting pump capacities, check the following items:
a. Automatic fill valve setting and strainer
b. Expansion tank level
c. Cleanliness of system water
d. Make certain all pump strainers are clean
e. Check air vents at coils and high points of system
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gauges to
determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed,
base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the
system.
3. Balance system with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. For
coils with 3-way control valves, set bypass balancing cock to provide total flow when
control valve is in 100% bypass position equal to total flow when control valve is 100%
open to coil.
4. Determine minimum differential pressure setpoint required to maintain flow at all water
coils. Coordinate final setting with Temperature Control Contractor.
5. Coordinate the setting of controls to maintain coil water inlet design temperatures, with
coil valves positioned for full flow through coil during adjustment. Balance individual
water coils at full flow to maintain temperature differential specified.
6. Mark settings of all balancing cocks at required positions. Do not use service or shut-off
valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. For automatic flow control valves:
Record differential pressure and verify within operating range of valve.
7. Flow Rate Tolerances:
a. Heating water pumps and coils: -10% to +10%
b. Chilled water and two-pipe system pumps and coils: -10% to +10%
9. Unless noted otherwise balance all domestic hot water circulation valves to 0.5 gpm.
K. Where balancer has a question regarding appropriate system configuration for balancing,
balancer should contact Design Professional for clarification.
END OF SECTION 23 05 93
Rohrbach Associates PC TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 05 93-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 07 00
HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all hot and
cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this
section.
B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire and other
materials as required to complete the insulating work.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Conditioned Space: an area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled.
B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is
adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling
plenums).
C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not tempered
(e.g., attic spaces).
D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread and
smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than
25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA
255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement
tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.
B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of MICA/NIAC
National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.
C. NFPA Compliance: Fire Barrier Duct Wrap systems shall meet requirements of NFPA 96 for
grease duct application.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
HVAC insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and
furnished accessories for each HVAC system requiring insulation.
B. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of
HVAC insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual.
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these
specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire
rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with
manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and HVAC damage. Do not install damaged
insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Insulating Materials
1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp.
2. Armacell.
3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp.
4. CertainTeed Corp.
5. Knauf Fiber Glass
6. John's-Manville Corp.
7. Aeroflex
B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer.
2.02 PIPE INSULATION
A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied vapor
barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips.
Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no
greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance
of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.
1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an aluminum or
stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed.
2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30 mil
PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.
B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor, water
vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal
toArmacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation
manufacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of ArmacellArmaflex
finish.
C. Type ‘C’: Preformed rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Mechanically fastened by wiring in
place using 16 gauge wire on 9” centers and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor
application. Suitable for operating temperatures +200 to +1200 deg. F. Thermal conductivity
shall be no greater than 0.42 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 200 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to
Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos-free pipe insulation.
D. Type ‘D’: Preformed rigid cellular glass insulation with factory applied self sealing jacket.
Suitable for operating temperatures -200 to +900 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no
greater than 0.29 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Pittsburgh
Corning Foamglass with Pittwrap SS-II jacket.
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Type ‘E’: Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation, absorbent hydrophilic wicking-
cloth, and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with evaporation holes aligned with
inner wicking fabric and pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable
for operating temperatures from 35 to +350 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than
0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02
perms. Equal to Knauf Fiber Glass PermaWick.
2.03 FITTING INSULATION
A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent
pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or
low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or
multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and
covered with all-service jacket.
B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe
insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering.
C. Type ‘C1’: Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same material as
pipe covering, wired in place and finished with a 1/4” layer of insulating cement. Valve bodies,
strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as
pipe covering, wired in place and finished with 1/4” layer of insulating cement.
D. Type ‘D1’: Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same material as
pipe covering, wired in place and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application.
Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of the same
insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place, and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor
or outdoor application.
E. Type ‘E1’: Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for adjacent
pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered. Wrap all fittings with
PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all-service jacket or Proto PermaWick
PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.:
insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering,
wired in place and covered with all-service jacket. Wrap all fittings with PermaWick absorbent
fabric and cover with appropriate all surface jacket or Proto PermaWick PVC jackets with factory
punched evaporation holes.
2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. Type ‘G’:
1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for
operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms.
Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing.
2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment.
On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel
bands 18” on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on
12” centers and secure with speed washers.
3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges
and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the
jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Type ‘H’:
1. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of +200 to
+1200 deg. F. Equal to Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos free block insulation.
2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment.
Insulation shall be held in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel bands 18” on
center.
3. Insulation shall be finished with 1/2” thickness of insulating cement, in two coats.
C. Type ‘I’:
1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg.
F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation.
2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation
shall be installed using Armstrong 520 Adhesive.
3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish.
2.05 DUCT INSULATION
A. Duct Covering: Certain-Teed Ultralite Duct Wrap with Foil Scrim Kraft vapor barrier facing, one
(1) pound per cubic foot density.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be rejected.
Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's
recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be
extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.
B. All piping shall be insulated unless specifically noted otherwise. Piping not noted in the table
below shall be insulated with thicknesses matching ASHRAE 90.1 based on the fluid
temperatures.
********NOTE: Not all services apply – refer to plans for scope of services. ************
3.02 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION
Service Type Insulation and Thickness *
Above Ground Piping
Hot water heating lines, Type A and A1:
supply and return, condenser water 3" and smaller - 1" thick
for building heating 4" and larger - 1-1/2" thick
Type C and C1:
1” and smaller – 2-1/2” thick
1-1/4” to 6” – 3” thick
8” and larger – 4” thick
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
Chilled water, heat pump Type A and A1:
water lines, evaporator water, All pipe sizes – 1” thick
ground water, well water
Type B and B1:
All pipe sizes – 1” thick
Type E and E1:
All pipe sizes – 1” thick
Low pressure steam (up to 15 psig) Type A and A1:
1-1/4" and smaller - 1-1/2" thick
1-1/2” and larger - 2" thick
Type C and C1:
1-1/4” and smaller – 2-1/2” thick
1-1/2” to 6” – 3” thick
8” and larger – 4-1/2” thick
Medium pressure steam (up to 60 psig) Type A and A1:
3/4" and smaller - 1-1/2" thick
1” and larger - 3" thick
Type C and C1:
3/4” and smaller – 2-1/2” thick
1” to 1-1/4” - 4” thick
1-1/2” to 4” – 4-1/2” thick
5” and larger – 5” thick
High pressure steam (over 60 psig) Type A and A1:
3/4" and smaller - 2-1/2" thick
1” to 3” - 3" thick
4” and larger – 4” thick
Type C and C1:
3/4” and smaller – 4” thick
1” to 3” – 4-1/2” thick
4” and larger – 6” thick
Steam condensate and Type A and A1:
pump discharge lines 1-1/4" and smaller - 1-1/2" thick
1-1/2” and larger - 2" thick
Type C and C1:
1-1/4” and smaller – 2-1/2” thick
1-1/2” to 6” – 3” thick
8” and larger – 4-1/2” thick
Condensate drain lines Type A and A1: 1” thick for
all pipe sizes.
Heat exchangers Type G: 2” thick.
condensate receivers, Type H: 3-1/2” thick
air separators
* For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2”
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.03 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Do not insulate the following:
1. Valve bonnets
2. Unions in hot piping
3. TC valve operators
4. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet.
5. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan.
6. Heating piping beyond control valve, located within heated space.
7. Condensate piping between steam trap and union.
8. Preinsulated expansion joints
B. Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor has
completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of
insulation.
C. Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All details of
covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and
uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering
and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating
pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.
D. Insulation at removable heads, manhole covers, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be
fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation.
Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to
the equipment vapor barrier.
3.04 DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION
A. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork and accessories shall be either lined or covered as
scheduled on plans. If type or thickness is not indicated, it shall be 1-1/2” covering.
3.05 DUCT COVERING INSTALLATION
A. Inspect all ductwork and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing contractor
has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of
insulation.
B. Covering shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at corners.
All insulation shall be adhered with edges tightly banded, and shall be adhered to duct with fire
resistant adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces
uniformly and firmly.
C. In addition to the adhesive, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of all ducts
18" or wider by means of grip nails and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut
off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly
sealed with a vapor barrier mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through.
D. Insulation for "cold" ducts and accessories shall pass unbroken through hangers, sleeves, fire
dampers, flexible connectors, reheat coils, etc. as required to prevent condensation. All details of
covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and
uncompressed insulation is provided. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for
ducts connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact
between ducts and hangers. Insulation Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with
equipment suppliers as required to ensure continuous covering of unlined equipment
components, i.e. VAV terminal unit supply collar, fan coil unit discharge, etc.
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Insulation at all access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed
without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated
so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.
END OF SECTION 23 07 00
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC HVAC INSULATION
23 07 00-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 09 00
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete DDC system including all necessary hardware and
all operating and applications software necessary to perform the control sequences of operation
as called for in this specification.
B. The DDC system shall be a complete system designed for use on Intranets and the Internet. This
functionality shall extend into the equipment rooms. Primary controllers located in equipment
rooms and shall be fully IT compatible devices that mount and communicate directly on the IT
infrastructure existing in the facility. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the
owner’s environment without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN.
C. The DDC system work shall result in a complete, fully functional, commissioned DDC system that
meets the intent of this specification and the sequences of operation. This work shall include, but
not be limited to the provision of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, software, software
licenses, software configurations and database entries, interfaces, wiring, tubing, installation,
labeling, engineering, calibration, documentation, samples, submittals, testing, verification,
training services, permits and licenses, transportation, shipping, handling, administration,
supervision, management, insurance, temporary protection, cleaning, cutting and patching,
warranties and services.
D. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians employed
by DDC Contractor. DDC Contractor is responsible for all work performed by their
subcontractors.
E. Manage and coordinate the DDC system work in a timely manner in consideration of the Project
schedules. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the
progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades.
F. Provide support and coordination with Testing and Balancing (TAB) and Validation Contractors
for all interfaces between controls and TAB/validation scope of work. Provide all devices, such as
portable operator terminals for TAB use in completing TAB procedures.
G. All interlocking, wiring and installation of control devices associated with the equipment listed
below shall be provided under this contract. When the DDC system is fully installed and
operational, DDC Contractor and representatives of Owner will review and check out the system.
At that time, DDC Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system and prove that it
complies with the intent of the drawings and specifications.
H. All work performed under this section of the specifications will comply with all codes, laws and
governing bodies. If the drawings and/or specifications are in conflict with governing codes,
Contractor shall submit a proposal with appropriate modifications to the project to meet code
restrictions. If this specification and associated drawings exceed governing code requirements,
the specification will govern. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary construction
permits and licenses.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.03 WORK BY OTHERS
A. The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated under the supervision of the
DDC Contractor.
1. HVAC Piping Contractor Shall:
a. Install automatic valves that are specified to be supplied by DDC Contractor.
b. Install all pipe mounted DDC items including wells, paddle switches and
differential pressure switches, including their isolation valves and associated
tubing.
2. Sheet Metal Contractor Shall:
a. Install all automatic dampers furnished by DDC Contractor.
b. Provide necessary blank-off plates (safing) required to install dampers that are
smaller than the duct size.
c. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and
extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper
motors.
d. Provide access door or other approved means of access through ducts for
service to control equipment.
e. Install airflow measuring stations.
3. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor:
a. The installation of all line voltage power wiring by Division 26.
1.04 ELECTRIC WIRING
A. All electric wiring and wiring connections required for the installation of the DDC system, as
herein specified, shall be provided by DDC Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical
drawings or called for in the electrical specifications. Line voltage wiring which is the
responsibility of DDC Contractor includes but is not limited to: power for unit mounted controllers
and line voltage control devices, freezestat wiring, line voltage thermostats, and motor starter
interlocks as required by sequence of operation.
B. All control wiring in finished spaces is to be routed concealed in walls or above ceilings unless
specifically noted otherwise. Concealed control wiring, where accessible, may be installed
without conduit. All concealed control wiring which is not accessible shall be routed in blue
conduit. Control wiring in unfinished spaces may be routed exposed but shall be in blue conduit.
Wiring in ducts, plenums and other air handling spaces shall be specifically listed for the use.
Installation shall comply with all code requirements.
C. Wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical codes.
1.05 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All bidders must be DDC Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building
automation systems for a minimum of 3 years.
B. The DDC system shall be provided by a single source manufacturer offering a full line of controls.
This system shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by the manufacturers local factory
owned branch office or the manufacturers locally authorized representative. DDC Contractor
shall have factory trained technicians to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency
service within 48 hours upon receipt of request.
C. Control system components shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard of design at the time of
bid and in conformance with the following applicable standards for products specified:
1. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, NEMA.
4. Underwriters Laboratory, UL (UL 916).
5. FCC Regulation, Part 15, Section 156.
6. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA.
7. Local building codes.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted for approval:
1. DDC Contractor shall submit schematic drawings for the entire control system for review
and approval before work shall begin. Included in the submittal drawings shall be a one
page diagram depicting the system architecture complete with a communications riser.
Drawings shall include point-to-point wiring diagrams and must show all temperature
controls, start-stop arrangement for each piece of equipment, equipment interlocks,
wiring terminal numbers and any special connection information required for properly
controlling the HVAC equipment. At a minimum, submit the following:
a. DDC network architecture diagrams including all controllers and
interconnections.
b. Schematics, sequences and flow diagrams.
c. Points schedule for each real point in the DDC, including: tag, point type, system
name and display units.
d. Detailed bill of material list for each controller, identifying quantity, part number,
description, and optional features.
e. Control damper schedule including a separate line for each damper and a
column for each of the damper attributes, including: code number, fail position,
damper type, damper operator, blade type, bearing type, seals, duct size,
damper size, mounting, and actuator type.
f. Control valve schedules including a separate line for each valve and a column for
each of the valve attributes: code number, configuration, fail position, pipe size,
valve size, body configuration, close off pressure, capacity, valve CV, calculated
CV, design pressure, actual pressure, and actuator type.
2. The submittals shall include manufacturers catalog data describing each item of control
equipment or component provided and installed for the project.
3. The submittals shall include a specification compliance analysis for review and approval
before work shall begin. The compliance document shall address each paragraph of the
specification by indicating COMPLY, EXCEED, or EXCEPTION. Do not indicate
COMPLY unless the proposed system exactly meets the paragraph requirement. If
EXCEED or EXCEPTION is indicated, then provide a clear and concise explanation of
the variance from the specifications and the net effect this would have on the specified
system performance.
1.07 PROTECTION OF SOFTWARE RIGHTS
A. Prior to delivery of software, the Owner and the party providing the software will enter into a
software license agreement with provisions for the following:
1. Limiting use of software to equipment provided under these specifications.
2. Limiting copying.
3. Preserving confidentiality.
4. Prohibiting transfer to a third party.
1.08 PRE-PROGRAMMNG DESIGN REVIEW MEETING
A. Prior to starting programming, a design review meeting shall be scheduled with the Design
Professional. The agenda of this meeting will be to discuss the design intent, review all systems
requiring control, and answer any questions the Temperature Controls Contractor may have.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows:
1. Honeywell Controls – Des Moines Branch Office
2. Honeywell Controls – Northwest Mechanical
B. All control equipment shall be the product of one manufacturer.
2.02 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
A. The complete electronic DDC system shall be comprised of the following levels of control
devices.
1. System Workstation includes the hardware and software necessary for an operator to
interface with the control system.
2. Network Controller(s) are used for high level global programming functions and system
networking.
3. Local Controllers are for control of large primary HVAC systems such as air handling
systems, heating hot water systems and chilled water systems.
4. Zone Controllers are dedicated for specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, and
heat pump controls.
5. Network thermostats dedicated to specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, or
heat pumps, etc.
6. Field devices include but are not limited to electronic sensors, valves, actuators,
switches, relays, and transducers.
2.03 OPERATOR INTERFACE
A. General: The DDC operator interface shall be user friendly, readily understood and shall make
maximum use of colors, graphics, icons, embedded images, animation, text based information
and data visualization techniques to enhance and simplify the use and understanding of the DDC
system by authorized users at the OI.
1. User access to the DDC system shall be protected by a flexible and Owner redefinable
software-based password access protection. Password protection shall be multi-level
and partitionable to accommodate the varied access requirements of the different user
groups. Provide the means to define unique access privileges for each individual
authorized user. Also provide the means to establish general password groups to which
an individual will then be assigned. Once assigned to the group each individual will
assume all the capabilities and restrictions of that group. Provide the means to on-line
manage password access control under the control of a master password.
2. The operator interface shall be able to combine data from any and all of the system
components in a single browser window. This shall include historical data stored on a
server.
3. The operator interface shall incorporate comprehensive support for functions including,
but not necessarily limited to, the following:
a. User access for selective information retrieval and control command execution
b. Monitoring and reporting
c. Alarm, non-normal, and return to normal condition annunciation
d. Selective operator override and other control actions
e. Information archiving, manipulation, formatting, display and reporting
f. DDC internal performance supervision and diagnostics
g. On-line access to user HELP menus
h. On-line access to current DDC as-built records and documentation
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
i. Means for the controlled re-programming, re-configuration of DDC operation and
for the manipulation of DDC database information in compliance with the
prevailing codes, approvals and regulations for individual DDC applications.
4. Provide DDC reports and displays making maximized use of simple English language
descriptions and readily understood acronyms, abbreviations and the like to assist user
understanding and interpretation. All text naming conventions shall be consistent in their
use and application throughout the DDC.
B. Web Interface
1. The system shall be capable of supporting clients using a standard web browser such as
Internet Explorer™. Systems requiring additional software (to enable a standard Web
browser) are not acceptable.
2. The web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics,
schedules, calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is
provided by the graphical user interface. Systems that require different views or that
require different means of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be
permitted.
3. The web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions:
a. User log-on identification and password shall be required. Security using Java
authentication and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall
be implemented.
b. Graphical screens developed for the operator interface shall be the same
screens used for the web browser client. Any animated graphical objects
supported by the OI shall be supported by the web browser interface.
c. HTML programming shall not be required to display system graphics or data on a
web page. HTML editing of the web page shall be allowed if the user desires a
specific look or format.
d. Real-time values displayed on a web page shall update automatically without
requiring a manual “refresh” of the web page.
e. Users shall have administrator-defined access privileges.
f. The system shall provide the capability to specify a users home page. Provide
the ability to limit a specific user to just their defined home page. From the home
page links to other views, or pages in the system, shall be possible if allowed by
the system administrator.
g. Graphic screens on the web browser client shall support hypertext links to other
locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource
Locator (URL) for the desired link.
C. Alarms: Alarms shall be routed directly from network controllers to PCs and servers. It shall be
possible for specific alarms from specific points to be routed to specific PCs and servers. The
alarm management portion of the OI software shall, at the minimum, provide the following
functions:
1. Log date and time of alarm occurrence.
2. Generate a “pop-up” window, with audible alarm, informing a user that an alarm has been
received.
3. Allow a user, with the appropriate security level, to acknowledge, temporarily silence, or
discard an alarm.
4. Provide an audit trail on hard drive for alarms by recording user acknowledgment,
deletion, or disabling of an alarm. The audit trail shall include the name of the user, the
alarm, the action taken on the alarm, and a time/date stamp.
5. Provide the ability to direct alarms to an e-mail address or alpha-numeric pager. This
must be provided in addition to the pop up window described above. Systems which use
e-mail and pagers as the exclusive means of annunciating alarms are not acceptable.
6. Any attribute of any object in the system may be designated to report an alarm.
7. The DDC shall annunciate diagnostic alarms, at a minimum, indicating system failures
and non-normal operating conditions
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Reports: Reports shall be generated and directed to one or more of the following: Operator
interface displays, printers, or archive at the user’s option. As a minimum, the system shall
provide the following reports:
1. All points in the DDC system.
2. All points in each DDC application.
3. All points currently in alarm in a DDC application.
4. All points locked out in a DDC application.
5. All DDC schedules.
6. All user defined and adjustable variables, schedules, interlocks, etc.
7. DDC diagnostic and system status reports.
E. Dynamic Color Graphics: The system shall allow for the creation of user defined, color graphic
displays for the viewing of HVAC and electrical systems, or building schematics. These graphics
shall contain point information from the database including any attributes associated with the
point (engineering units, etc.). In addition operators shall be able to command equipment or
change setpoints from a graphic through the use of the mouse. Requirements of the color
graphic subsystem include:
1. An unlimited number of graphic displays shall be able to be generated and executed.
2. Graphics shall be based on Scalar Vector Graphic (SVG) technology.
3. Values of real time attributes displayed on the graphics shall be dynamic and updated on
the displays.
4. The graphic displays shall be able to display and provide animation based on real-time
DDC data that is acquired, derived, or entered.
5. The user shall be able to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled
equipment directly from the graphic display.
6. Provide a graphic editing tool that allows for the creation and editing of graphic files. It
shall be possible to edit the graphics directly while they are on line, or at an off line
location for later downloading to the controller.
7. DDC system shall be provided with a complete user expandable symbol library
containing all of the basic symbols used to represent components of a typical DDC
system. Implementing these symbols in a graphic shall involve dragging and dropping
them from the library to the graphic.
8. The following list of graphics, at a minimum, shall be provided:
a. Floor plans showing room numbers and temperature sensor locations are to be
provided that will alarm when a room is off their respective zone temperature and
set point. The floor plans shall also be linked to a screen to show the equipment
serving that particular room/zone.
b. Provide a graphic screen for each type of equipment connected to the DDC
system. At a minimum, the following shall be visible from the OI:
1) VAV Boxes - discharge air temperature, zone temperature, set-point,
airflow, damper position, reheat valve position
2) AHU - supply/return fans on/off/speed/status, dirty filter switch, outdoor
air temperature, mixed air temperature, return air temperature, discharge
air temperature, low limit alarm, heat/cool control valve, damper
positions, static pressure
F. Schedules: It shall be possible to configure and download from the operator interface schedules
for any of the controllers on the network.
1. The system shall provide multiple schedule input forms for automatic DDC time-of-day
scheduling and override scheduling of DDC operations. At a minimum, the following
spreadsheet types shall be accommodated:
a. Weekly schedules.
b. Temporary override schedules.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
c. Special “Only active if today is a holiday” schedules.
d. Monthly schedules.
2. Schedules shall be provided for each system or sub-system in the DDC system. Each
schedule shall include all command able points residing within the system. Each point
may have a unique schedule of operation relative to the system use schedule, allowing
for sequential starting and control of equipment within the system. Scheduling and
rescheduling of points shall be accomplished easily via the system schedule
spreadsheets.
3. Monthly calendars for a 12-month period shall be provided that allow for simplified
scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be
user-selected with the pointing device or keyboard, and shall automatically reschedule
equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules.
G. Historical trending and data collection: Trend and store point history data for all DDC points and
values as selected by the user. The trend data shall be stored in a manner that allows custom
queries and reports using industry-standard software tools. At a minimum, provide the capability
to perform statistical functions on the historical database:
1. Average.
2. Arithmetic mean.
3. Maximum/minimum values.
4. Range – difference between minimum and maximum values.
5. Standard deviation.
6. Sum of all values.
7. Variance.
2.04 NETWORK CONTROLLERS
A. General: The network controller shall be a microprocessor based, multi-tasking real time system
controller that provides advanced system programming, uplink and downlink communications,
polling and other supervisory functions for zone and local controllers.
B. Each network controller shall be classified as a BACnet compatible device, supporting the
BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-AAC
are not acceptable. NRCs shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL)
as Advanced Application Controllers (B-BC).
C. Hardware Specifications
1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment
of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non-condensing.
2. Memory: Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application program for the
controller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall contain
enough memory for the current application, plus required history logging, plus a minimum
of 20% additional free memory.
3. Communication Ports: Each network controller shall provide communication to both the
Workstation(s) and the field buses. An on-board Ethernet port shall be provided.
4. Stand-Alone: The controller shall be a true no-host system that does not require a PC or
"Host" computer to perform any control functions or communications.
5. Modular Expandability: The system shall employ a modular I/O design to allow easy
expansion. Input and output capacity is to be provided through plug-in modules of
various. It shall be possible to combine I/O modules as desired to meet the I/O
requirements for individual control applications.
6. Real Time Clock (RTC): Each network controller shall include a battery-backed, real
time clock, accurate to 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall provide the following: time of
day, day, month, year, and day of week. The system shall automatically correct for
daylight savings time and leap years.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
7. Power Supply: The power supply for the network controller shall be auto sensing, 120-
220VAC, 60 Hz power, with a tolerance of +/- 20%. Line voltage below the operating
range of the system shall be considered outages. The controller shall contain over
voltage surge protection, and require no additional AC power signal conditioning.
a. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an
outage, the network controller shall automatically and without human
intervention: update all monitored functions; resume operation based on current,
synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as
required.
b. Battery backup: The network controller shall include an on-board battery to back
up the controller’s RAM memory. The battery shall have a shelf life of over 5
years, and provide accumulated backup of all RAM and clock functions for at
least 3 years. In the case of a power failure, the network controller shall first try to
restart from the RAM memory. If that memory is corrupted or unusable, then the
network controller shall restart itself from its application program stored in its
FLASH memory.
8. Field communication ports shall be individually electrically isolated to protect against
transients, spikes, and power surges. The ports shall be optically isolated from each
other, the controller circuit board and from power wiring. Optical isolation shall be
provided either as an integral component to the controller or provided as a separate
interface device between the controller and field wiring.
9. Upgrades: Include all future controller firmware at no additional cost to the system owner
for a 3 year period after system acceptance.
10. Failure of any system controller shall be audibly and visually annunciated on a system
workstation.
D. Network Controller Software
1. General: The network controller shall contain FLASH memory to store both the resident
operating system and the application software. There will be no restrictions placed on
the type of application programs in the system. Each network controller shall be capable
of parallel processing, executing all control programs simultaneously. Any program may
affect the operation of any other program. Each program shall have the full access of all
I/O facilities of the processor. This execution of control function shall not be interrupted
due to normal user communications including interrogation, program entry, printout of the
program for storage, etc.
2. User Programming Language: The application software shall be user programmable.
This includes all strategies, sequences of operation, control algorithms, parameters, and
setpoints. The source program shall be English language-based and programmable by
the user. The language shall be structured to allow for the easy configuration of control
programs, schedules, alarms, reports, telecommunications, local displays, mathematical
calculations, passwords, and histories. The language shall be self-documenting. Users
shall be able to place comments anywhere in the body of a program. Program listings
shall be configurable by the user in logical groupings. Controllers that use a “canned”
program method will not be accepted.
3. Programming Functions: The software blocks shall provide all the necessary
mathematics, logic, utility, and control functions necessary for proper sequence of
control. These functions shall be contained in the network controller operating system to
be available in any combination for field programming the unit through RAM memory.
a. Proportional, Integral plus Derivative Control (PID)
b. Self tuning PID
c. Two position control
d. Digital filter
e. Ratio calculator
f. Equipment cycling protection
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
4. Energy Management Applications: As a minimum, the network controller shall have the
ability to, but not be limited to, perform energy management strategies such as:
a. Time or event based scheduling
b. Calendar/holiday based scheduling
c. Temporary schedule overrides
d. Adaptive optimum start/stop
e. Chiller and boiler reset/optimization
f. Demand limiting/load shedding
g. Enthalpy switchover (economizer)
h. Temperature compensated duty cycling
i. CFM tracking
j. Tenant billing
k. Hot water/outdoor air/chilled water/condenser water reset
l. Run time totalization
m. Alarm detection and dial out
n. Night setback
o. Historical trending
5. Passwords: The access software shall provide at least 5 levels of passwords. Each level
shall be user definable.
6. Help Menu: On-line location sensitive help shall be provided for each menu item,
describing the consequences of making the highlighted menu selection.
7. Login: A user definable login message shall be displayed every time the workstation is
connected to a system controller.
8. Alarms: The network controller shall be capable of comparing analog and digital
readings to predetermined high and low limits and annunciate each time a value enters or
returns from an alarm condition. Unique high and low limits shall be supplied for each
analog point in the network. The network shall be capable of suppressing selected alarm
reporting when the primary equipment from which the alarm point is based is in the
inactive state. The alarm features of the system controller software shall, as a minimum,
provide the following:
a. Digital, analog, and hi/lo settings and deadband
b. Sliding alarm limits
c. Conditional alarming
d. Alarm inhibiting through feedback loop
e. Fluttering alarm suppression
f. Separate tailored alarm messages of 70 characters each
g. Auto dial of any alarm condition to a minimum of 25 telephone numbers
9. On-Line Testing: The network shall have the capability to allow the operator to design,
test, and implement desired control strategies on-line.
10. Communication Diagnostics: The network controller software shall be capable of self-
diagnosing failure automatically without necessary query by the operator. In the event of
communications failure or limited power failure, the network shall be capable of both
notifying a local operator of the specific occurrence, as well as communicating to a
remote operator, either by the internet or auto dialing the condition. In addition to
automatic self-diagnostics, each network controller shall maintain communications
statistics on zone and local controller communications. These statistics shall tabulate
total communications attempted versus successful and unsuccessful communications by
unit number. An option shall exist to reset communications statistics to zero (0) at any
time.
11. Trending: Each network controller shall have the capability to simultaneously trend a
minimum of 60 combined analog and digital points. Adjustable sampling intervals for
each trend from 60 seconds to 10 days shall be possible. Each trend shall be capable of
being automatically started or stopped, based on time of day, externally sensed points,
alarms, or a calculated value. Upload of trend data to the system workstation shall be
automatically performed at any time during the sampling period. The uploaded trend
data shall be fully compatible with Microsoft Excel.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.05 LOCAL CONTROLLERS
A. General: Each HVAC local controller shall be a stand-alone DDC controller. The local controllers
shall be a local control loop microprocessor-based controller installed at each HVAC system; i.e.,
air handling unit, heating boiler. Each controller shall be fully programmable, contain its own
control programs and will continue to operate in the event of a failure or communication loss to its
associated network controller. Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application
program for the controller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall
contain enough memory for the current application, plus required history logging, plus a minimum
of 20% additional free memory. All controllers with volatile memory shall have a battery for 72
hour database backup. Each controller shall be addressable by a workstation or a portable
service tool.
B. Hardware Specifications
1. Scan: Controller shall continuously scan and maintain the most recent data in RAM for
retrieval by a remote workstation and by the local controller software programs.
2. Isolation: Control, communication, and power circuits for each controller shall be
individually electrically isolated to protect against transients, spikes, and power surges.
3. Database: All field control databases shall be entered, changed or downloaded to the
local controllers via a portable service tool or system workstation.
4. Local Display: The controller shall have a local display and keypad that allows the user
to view and change setpoints directly at the controller.
5. Auto-Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto-calibrate function to eliminate sensing
errors.
6. Input/Output Modules: Provide the following input/output capabilities:
a. Universal inputs which can accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 Ma, 0-5
VDC, etc.) and binary contact closures.
b. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type.
c. Analog outputs shall have a 1% resolution over total output span of 100%.
7. Expandability: For larger controller (16 base inputs and up), provide input and output
expansion through the use of plug-in modules. At least two I/O modules must be capable
of being added to the base local controller.
8. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the
controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored
functions; resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and
implement special start-up strategies as required.
9. Real Time Clock (RTC): All local controllers shall have a real time clock in either
hardware or software. The accuracy shall be within 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall
provide the following information: time of day, day, month, year, and day of week. Each
local controller shall receive a signal, every hour, over the network from the NRC, which
synchronizes all local controllers’ real time clocks.
C. Local Controller Software: Provide complete controller software to execute all HVAC system
local loop controls functions.
1. Control Parameters: The software blocks in the local controller shall produce all of the
necessary reverse acting and/or direct acting PI signals as required by the control
sequence. The proportional and integral values which make up the PI output value shall
be readable and modifiable, at the system workstation or the portable service tool to
facilitate tuning of control loops.
2. Networking: Each input, output, or calculation result shall be capable of being assigned
to the system controller for system networking. The local controller shall also provide the
ability to download and upload configuration data, both locally at the controller and via the
DDC communications network.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Programming Functions: Provide the following standard DDC loop programming
functions:
a. Control block programming
b. PI or PID control
c. Serial load staging
d. Binary load staging
e. Analog load staging
f. Master-submaster routines
g. Anti-windup for integrated loops
2.06 ZONE CONTROLLERS
A. General: Each HVAC zone controller shall be a stand-alone DDC controller. The controller shall
include all hardware and software required for communications with the system controller.
Unless noted otherwise, an individual zone controller shall be dedicated for each zone terminal
device.
B. Each local controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the BACnet Advanced
Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-
SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing
Laboratory (BTL) as Advanced Application Specific Controllers (B-ASC).
C. Programs: The control program shall reside in the zone controller. The application program shall
be maintained in ROM. The default database, ie. setpoints and configuration information, shall
be stored in EEPROM. Controllers requiring local setting of potentiometers or dip switches are
not acceptable.
D. Stand-Alone: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or
share processing with a "master controller" shall not be acceptable. After a power failure the
zone controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration.
E. Communications: Communication to the system controller shall be 1200-baud asynchronous.
F. Input/Output: Each controller shall have a minimum of 8 inputs. Each input shall be usable as a
discrete or 0-5 volt analog or digital input. Inputs shall be individually electrically isolated from
other inputs, outputs, communications, and power. All inputs shall feature an auto-calibrate
function to eliminate sensing errors.
G. Each controller shall have a minimum of six digital outputs. Outputs shall be individually
electrically isolated from the other outputs, inputs, communications and power. Controller shall
be available with a minimum of two (2) analog outputs.
H. Connections: All electrical connections shall be made to the combination terminal strip and base
assembly. To insure long term reliability, all electrical terminations shall be screw type.
I. The logic card, containing all active electrical components, shall be easily installable and
removable from the wiring base, without the use of tools or the removal of any electrical wiring.
Products that require disconnection of wiring from logic card before removal will be required to
supply and install a quick disconnect type inter-connection.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-11
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.07 FIELD DEVICES
A. Temperature Sensors: All temperature devices shall use precision thermistors accurate to +/- 1
degree F over a range of –30 to 230 degrees F. Space temperature sensors shall be accurate to
+/- 1 degree F over a range of 40 to 100 degrees F.
1. Standard space sensors shall be available in an off white enclosure for mounting on a
standard electrical box. Space sensor shall have a portable service tool jack.
a. The sensor housing shall feature both a mechanism for adjusting the space
temperature setpoint, as well as a push button for selecting after hours operation.
b. The sensor shall incorporate either an LED or LCD display for viewing the space
temperature, setpoint and other operator selectable parameters. Using built in
buttons, operators shall be able to adjust setpoints directly from the sensor.
2. Duct temperature sensors shall incorporate a thermistor bead embedded at the tip of a
stainless steel tube. Probe style duct sensors are useable in air handling applications
where the coil or duct area is less than 14 square feet. Averaging sensors shall be
employed in ducts which are larger than 14 square feet.
3. Immersion sensors shall be employed for measurement of temperature in all chilled and
hot water applications as well as refrigerant applications. Thermal wells shall be brass or
stainless steel for non-corrosive fluids below 250 degrees F and 300 series stainless
steel for all other applications.
4. Freezestat: Duct temperature sensor as described above with appropriate temperature
range for the service.
5. A pneumatic signal shall not be allowed for sensing temperature unless otherwise
specified.
B. Humidity Sensors: Humidity sensors shall be of the solid-state type using a hydroscopic polymer
or thin film capacitive sensing element. The sensor shall vary the output voltage with a change in
relative humidity. Sensors shall be available for room, outside air or duct mounting, with a
minimum range of 0% - 100% +/- 3%.
C. Differential Pressure Sensor: Differential pressure sensor shall be temperature compensated and
shall vary the output voltage with a change in differential pressure. Sensing range shall be
suitable for the application with accuracy of +/- 2% of range and non-repeatability of +/- 0.05% of
range. Sensor shall be capable of withstanding up to 150% of rated pressure without damage.
1. Air pressure measurements in the range of 0 to 10” water column will be accurate to +/-
1% using a solid-state sensing element.
2. Differential pressure measurements of liquids or gases shall be accurate to +/- 0.5% of
range. The housing shall be Nema 4 rated.
D. Current Sensors: Current status switches shall be used to monitor fans, pumps, motors and
electrical loads. Current switches shall be available in solid and split core models, and offer
either a digital or an analog signal to the automation system.
E. Measurement of three phase power shall be accomplished with a kW/kWH transducer. This
device shall utilize direct current transformer inputs to calculate the instantaneous value (kW) and
a pulsed output proportional to the energy usage (kWH).
F. Control Valves: Valves shall be packless, modulating, electrically or magnetically actuated.
These valves shall have true linear flow characteristics in relationship to valve opening. Control
valves shall meet the heating and cooling loads specified, and close off against the differential
pressure conditions within the application. Valves should be sized to operate accurately and with
stability from 10 to 100% of the maximum design flow. These valves shall carry a full (3) three
year parts and labor warranty. This warranty shall cover all required maintenance and failures.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-12
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
In the event of a failure the valve and actuator shall be replaced and reinstalled, by DDC
Contractor, at no cost to the building owner.
1. Terminal Unit Valves: Valves shall be sized for a 3 to 5 psi drop. Valve body shall be
nickel plated brass, rated at 125 psig and shall have a control rangeability of 100 to 1.
Valves 2 inches and smaller shall be screwed type with NPT fittings. Valves 2-1/2 inches
and larger shall be flanged. All two-position valves shall be full port valves.
2. Hot water valves shall be rated to 240 deg. F and 125 psig. Valves shall be sized for a 3
to 5 psi pressure drop. Valve body shall be cast iron with a chrome nickel steel seat and
inner valve material. Valves 2 inches and smaller shall be screwed type with NPT fittings.
Valves 2-1/2 inches and larger shall be flanged.
3. Low pressure steam valves shall be rated to 360 deg F up to 230 psig. Valves for HTHW
shall be sized for a 3 to 5 psi pressure drop and valves for low pressure steam shall be
sized for 80% pressure drop of inlet pressure. Valve body shall be cast iron with a
chrome nickel steel seat and inner valve material. Valves shall utilize two valves in a 1/3 -
2/3 parallel arrangement in order to achieve control rangeability.
4. Butterfly Valves: 2-way and 3-way butterfly valves shall be cast iron valve body, with
stainless steel stem, and available with disc seal for bubble-tight shut off.
G. Pressure Independent Control Valves: Valves shall be sized for a 3 to 5 psi drop. Valve body
shall be cast iron, steel or bronze and rated for 150 psi working pressure. All internal parts shall
be stainless steel, steel, Teflon, brass, or bronze. The flow through the valve shall not vary more
than +/- 5% due to system pressure fluctuations. A flow tag shall be furnished with each valve.
The rangeability of the control valves shall be a minimum of 100 to 1.
H. Control Dampers: Motorized damper, unless otherwise specified elsewhere, shall be furnished
by DDC Contractor. Dampers are to be installed by HVAC Contractor under the supervision of
DDC Contractor. All blank-off plates and conversions necessary to install smaller than duct size
dampers are the responsibility of Sheet Metal Contractor.
1. Damper frames are to be constructed of 13 gauge galvanized sheet steel mechanically
joined with linkage concealed in the side channel to eliminate noise as friction.
Compressible spring stainless steel side seals, and acetal or bronze bearings shall also
be provided.
2. Damper blade width shall not exceed eight inches and the blade length shall not exceed
48 inches. Seals and 3/8 inch square steel zinc plated pins are required.
3. Provide opposed blade dampers for modulating applications and parallel blade for two
position control.
I. Damper Actuators: Damper actuators shall be electronic, and shall be direct coupled over the
shaft, without the need for connecting linkage.
1. The actuator shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. For power-
failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical, spring return mechanism shall be built
into the actuator housing.
2. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required.
3. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of damper position.
4. Actuators shall have manual override capability without disconnecting damper linkage.
J. Airflow Measuring Stations: Provide a thermal anemometer using instrument grade self heated
thermistor sensors with thermistor temperature sensors.
1. The flow station shall operate over a range of 0 to 5,000 feet/min with an accuracy of +/-
2% over 500 feet/min and +/- 10 ft/min for reading less than 500 feet/min.
2. The output signal shall be linear with field selectable ranges including 0-5 VDC, 0-10VDC
and 4-20 mA.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-13
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
K. Water Flow Measuring Stations: Provide an insertion-type electromagnetic flow meter, Onicon
model F-3500 or equal.
1. The flow station shall operate at + 1% of reading from 2-20 ft/sec and + 0.02 ft/sec below
2 ft/sec.
2. The output signal shall be linear in either 0-5 VDC, 0-10 VDC, or 4 - 20 mA.
3. Unit shall be removable by hand without system shutdown or drain.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
A. Provide a project manager who shall, as a part of his duties, be responsible for the following
activities:
1. Coordination between Contractor and all other trades, Owner, local authorities and the
design team.
2. Scheduling of manpower, material delivery, equipment installation and checkout.
3. Maintenance of construction records such as project scheduling and manpower planning
for project coordination and as-built drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION METHODS
A. Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, rough-in drawings
and equipment details. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with
requirements of applicable Division-26 sections of these specifications.
B. The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit, and miscellaneous
materials as required for mounting and connecting electric or electronic control devices.
C. Number-code or color-code conductors, excluding those used for individual zone controls,
appropriately for future identification and servicing of control system.
D. All line voltage power wiring required because of substitution of equipment specified in this
section, shall be provided by this section.
3.03 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
A. General: The system installation shall be complete and tested for proper operation prior to
acceptance testing for the Owner's authorized representative. A letter shall be submitted to the
Design Professional requesting system acceptance. This letter shall certify all controls are
installed and the software programs have been completely exercised for proper equipment
operation. Acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10)
calendar days of request. When the field test procedures have been demonstrated to the
Owner's representative, the system will be accepted. The warranty period will start at this time.
B. Field Equipment Test Procedures: DDC control panels shall be demonstrated via a functional
end to end test such that:
1. All output channels shall be commanded (on/off, stop/start, adjust, etc.) and their
operation verified.
2. All analog input channels shall be verified for proper operation.
3. All digital input channels shall be verified by changing the state of the field device and
observing the appropriate change of displayed value.
4. If a point should fail testing, perform necessary repair action and retest failed point and all
interlocked points.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-14
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Automatic control operation shall be verified by introducing an error into the system and
observing the proper corrective system response.
6. Selected time and setpoint schedules shall be verified by changing the schedule and
observing the correct response on the controlled outputs.
C. As-Built Documentation: After a successful acceptance demonstration, Contractor shall submit
as-built drawings of the completed project for final approval. After receiving final approval, supply
"3" complete 11 x 17 as-built drawing sets to the Owner. As-built sets printed using high
resolution laser printer may be provided on 8-1/2" x 11" drawings.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit three copies of operation and maintenance
manuals. Include the following:
1. Manufacturer's catalog data and specifications on sensors, transmitters, controllers,
control valves, damper actuators, gauges, indicators, terminals, and any miscellaneous
components used in the system.
2. An operator's manual which will include detailed instructions for all operations of the
system.
3. An operator's reference table listing the addresses of all connected input points and
output points. Settings shall be shown where applicable.
4. A programmer's manual which will include all information necessary to perform
programming functions.
5. A language manual which will include a detailed description of the language used and all
routines used by the system.
6. Flow charts of the overall system configuration.
7. Complete program listing file and parameter listing file for all programs.
8. A copy of the warranty.
9. Operating and maintenance cautions and instructions.
10. Recommended spare parts list.
E. As-built drawings and sequence of operation to be provided on back of door at each control panel
for field reference.
F. Upon completion of project, DDC Contractor shall adjust and validate all thermostats, controllers,
valves, damper operators, relays, instruments and devices provided under this section in
conjunction and coordinated with Section 23 0593 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC.
3.04 TRAINING
A. Contractor shall provide to the Design Professional a training class outline prior to any scheduled
training.
B. Training sessions shall be provided for the Owner's personnel by factory trained control
engineers and technicians. Refer to Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions for minimum
times.
C. The course shall include instruction on specific systems and instructions for operating the
installed system to include as a minimum:
1. HVAC System overview.
2. Operation of Control System.
3. Function of each Component.
4. System Operating Procedures.
5. Programming Procedures.
6. Maintenance Procedures.
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-15
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.05 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: The control system shall be warranted to be free from defects in both material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year of normal use and service, with the exception of control
valves with a five (5) year warranty. This warranty shall become effective the date the owner
accepts the system.
3.06 SPARES
A. Provide one each of the following spare parts:
1. Room Sensor
2. Velocity Sensor
3. Zone Controller Board (one of each type)
4. Local Controller Board (one of each type)
5. 10% of quantity installed, but not less than 2, of each size of control valve and actuator
used on the project.
6. One of each model of control damper actuator installed.
END OF SECTION 23 09 00
Rohrbach Associates PC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
23 09 00-16
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 21 13
HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to
fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.
1. Extent of hydronicpiping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by
requirements of this section.
2. Insulation of hydronicpiping is specified in other Division-23 sections, and is included as
work of this section.
3. Installation of valves for hydronic piping system is specified in other Division-23 sections
and is included as work of this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with ASME B31.9
"Building Services Piping".
B. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with the "Uniform
Mechanical Code".
C. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install hydronic piping in accordance with the "International
Mechanical Code".
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each mechanical grooved and
roll grooved piping system to be provided.
B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Grooved Piping Systems
1. Gruvlok by Anvil International
2. Victaulic
B. Copper Pressure-Seal Fittings
1. Viega Pro Press
2. NIBCO Press System
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Expansion tanks, air separator, system fill pressure valve, air vents and other hydronic
accessories
1. Amtrol/Thrush
2. Bell & Gossett
3. Taco
4. Wheatley
5. Spirotherm
6. Armstrong
7. Patterson Pump
8.
D. Pressure & Temperature Test Stations
1. Peterson Equipment Co.
2. Flow Design (Autoflow)
E. Automatic Flow Control Valves
1. Flow Design Inc. (Autoflow)
2. Griswold
3. Pro Hydronic Specialties
4. HCI Terminator
F. Strainers
1. Flow Design Inc. (Autoflow)
2. SF Equipment
3. Griswold
4. Pro Hydronic Specialties
5. Keckley
G. Venturi Flow Measuring Stations
1. Flow Design Inc. (Autoflow)
2. Gerand
3. Presco
4. Pro Hydronic Specialties
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials
and products complying with ASME B31.9 "Code For Building Services Piping" where applicable,
base pressure rating on hydronic piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and
types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe
materials used in hydronic piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products
are indicated, selection is Installer's option.
B. Valves: Refer to Section 23 05 23 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
D. Expansion Compensation: Refer to Section 23 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC
Piping.
E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 23 05 19 - Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping.
2.03 PIPE:
Material Service
A. Copper water tube, hard temper,
ASTM B88.
Type L Heating water. Chilled water. Heat pump
water.
Type M Above ground condensate drain lines. As
permitted by local code.
B. Black steel pipe, Heating water. Chilled water.
Schedule 40, ASTM A120*
C. Black steel pipe, Chilled/Heating water where threaded
Schedule 80, ASTM A120* fittings are used.
* ASTM A120 is for normal use only.
2.04 FITTINGS:
A. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper:
1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63.
2. Pressure-Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME
B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove copper piping system and fittings: may be used as
approved by code for copper piping. All components shall be by one manufacturer.
System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard flat band
water pattern.
2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and weld neck or slip-
on flanges, same material and strength as pipe.
3. Mechanical grooved and roll-groove steel piping system and fittings: May be used as
approved by code for black steel, stainless steel andgalvanized steel. Gasket type to be
used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one
manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
2.05 JOINTS
A. Copper water tube:
1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube
ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by
manufacturer of solder type fittings.
2. Pressure-Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME
B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as
approved by code for copper piping. Gasket type to be used shall be appropriate for
intended service. All components shall be by one manufacturer. System installation
shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Steel Pipe:
1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male
threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full
size of bore. For fuel piping and lubricating oil piping, joint sealing material shall be
resistant to petroleum products.
2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI-
B31.3 "Code for Power Piping.”
3. Mechanical grooved and roll grooved couplings: Grooved couplings may be used as
approved by code for black steel, stainless steel and galvanized steel piping. Gasket
type to be used shall be appropriate for intended service. All components shall be by one
manufacturer. System installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS
A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of
unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.
B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged unions. For
steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint.
Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions
with octagon ends.
C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be disassembled:
1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet.
2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls.
3. In connections to equipment.
4. Where indicated on drawings.
D. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or
equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic.
2.07 AIR VENTS
A. Manual Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 17SR.
B. Automatic Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 7.
2.08 PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE TEST STATIONS
A. Supply and install in an accessible position, Peterson Equipment Company #110 "Pete's Plug", or
equal, 1/4" MPT fitting ("110-XL for insulated piping) to receive either a temperature or pressure
probe 1/8" O. D. in the supply and return piping of all chillers, coils, fan coil units, heat
exchangers, water pumps, and on all hot water and chilled water, supply and return mains.
Fitting shall be solid brass with two (2) valve cores or Nordel (maximum 275 deg. F. at 500 PSI),
fitted with a color coded and marked cap with gasket and shall be rated at 1000 PSIG. Single
valve core or Neoprene valve core devices are unacceptable.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Meters and Instruments - The installing contractor shall supply and present to the owner upon
completion of testing, one Series 1500-XL pressure and temperature test kit, consisting of a
0-100 PSI, 0-230 ft. of water pressure gauge with No. 500 gauge adapter attached, a 25-125 deg.
F. pocket testing thermometer, a 0-220 deg. F. pocket testing thermometer, a No. 500 gauge
adapter, and a protective carrying case.
2.09 AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVES
A. General: Contractor shall install automatic pressure compensating flow control valves where
indicated on the details on the drawings. Provide with integral ball valve equal to Autoflow Model
AC. Valves shall have the capacities and pressure differential characteristics as indicated and
conform to the following specifications:
1. Valves shall be factory set and shall automatically limit the rate of flow to required
engineered capacity within +/- 5% accuracy over an operating pressure differential of at
least 14 times the minimum required for control.
2. The control mechanism of the valve shall consist of a self-contained, open-chamber
cartridge assembly with unobstructed flow passages that eliminate accumulation of
particles and debris. All internal working parts shall be passivated stainless steel.
3. The cartridge assembly shall consist of a spring-loaded cup. The cup shall be guided at
two points and shall utilize the full available differential pressure across the valve to
actuate the cup and thereby reduce friction and hysterisis and eliminate binding. It shall
have a thin orifice plate and self cleaning of the variable inlet ports over the full control
range.
4. Valves shall provide control over a minimum range of 2 psig to 32 psig. Valve bodies
shall be rated for use at not less than 150% of system designed operating pressures.
5. Certified performance data for the flow control valve, based on independent laboratory
tests, supervised and witnessed by a registered professional engineer, shall be available.
6. All flow control valves shall be supplied by a single source responsibility.
7. Each automatic flow control valve shall be furnished with two extended Pete's Plug
temperature/pressure test ports.
8. Provide identification, both a metal identification tag, with chain, and a label on the valve
for each installed valve. The identification shall provide zone identification, valve model
number, rated flow in GPM and differential pressure range.
9. Valves installed on chilled water and two-pipe cooling/heating water systems to be
provided with valve handle extension.
10. Provide replacement cartridges for up to 10% of units as required to adjust flow or
pressure range during balancing.
2.10 STRAINERS
A. Strainers shall be combination valve, Y-strainer and union with two extended
temperature/pressure test ports and hose end drain valve with cap and chain.
B. Strainers shall be equal to Autoflow Model YC as indicated on details and drawings. Y -strainers
shall be 20 mesh stainless screen with removable cap.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Valves:
1. Two inches and smaller: Ball valves (see Section 23 0523 - General Duty Valves for
HVAC Piping).
2. Larger than two inches: Butterfly valves (see Section 23 0523 - General Duty Valves for
HVAC Piping).
2.11 SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES
A. All hoses shall be a minimum of 12inches in length and equipped with swivel end connections at
terminal unit. All end connections shall be crimped to meet stated pressure ratings. Serrated/slip
fit connections are not acceptable.
B. Hose materials shall be high quality polyethylene pipe insulation over a stainless steel braided
inner core and withstand working pressure of 375 PSI (1/2”), 300 PSI (3/4”), 225 PSI (1”), 200
PSI (1-1/4”) at 211 deg. F and 175 PSI (1-1/2”) and 150 PSI (2”) at 200 deg. F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which hydronic piping systems materials and
products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer's recommendations,
ASME B31.9 "Code for Building Services Piping", and as required to meet the intent of the
documents.
B. Valves
1. Refer to Section 23 05 23 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping.
2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below
horizontal.
3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser
serves 2 or more hydronic terminals or equipment connections, and elsewhere as
indicated.
4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each mechanicalequipment item, and on
inlet of each hydronicterminal, and elsewhere as indicated.
5. Drain Valves: Install on each mechanical equipment item located to completely drain
equipment for service or repair. Install at base of each riser, at base of each rise or drop
in piping system, and elsewhere where indicated or required to completely drain hydronic
piping system.
6. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as indicated.
C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
D. Expansion Compensation Products: Refer to Section 23 05 16 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for
HVAC Piping.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 23 05 19 - Meters and Gages for HVAC Piping.
F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
3.03 HYDRONIC PIPING
A. Install pipe for all hydronicsystems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and
as specified herein.
B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible;
form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid
interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance
to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run
in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid
ductwork.
C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be
maintained for drainage.
D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical
equipment.
E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension
with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.
F. Install automatic temperature control valves and other items as called for to be installed in piping
and furnished by Section 23 0900 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
G. Piping up to 2" diameter shall be screwed, piping 2-1/2" diameter and over shall be welded.
3.04 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
A. Install manual air vents for each terminal unit coil and at other points likely to entrap air.
B. Maintain access to pressure and temperature test stations.
C. Replace up to 10% of automatic flow control cartridges as required to adjust flow or pressure
range during balancing. Coordinate with TAB Contractor as required.
3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. General: Connect hydronic piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply
with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve
and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection.
B. Hydronic Terminals: Install hydronic terminals with valve and union on outlet; union, shutoff valve
on inlet. Install manual air vent on element in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Locate valves and balancing cocks behind valve access doors for ease of maintenance. Where
indicated, install automatic temperature control valve with unions between valve and element on
supply line.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Piping Tests: Test hydronicpiping in accordance with testing requirements of Division-23 Basic
Materials and Methods, Section 23 0010 - HVAC General Provisions.
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.07 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning, Flushing and Inspecting: Clean, flush and inspect hydronic piping systems in
accordance with requirements of Division-23 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 23 00 10 -
HVAC General Provisions.
B. Chemical Treatment: Refill hydronic piping systems, adding caustic soda to maintain ph of 8.0 to
8.5 and sodium sulfate in amount of 1/3 caustic soda or to maintain residual of 30- to 40-ppm in
system. Add trisodium phosphate to make hardness of 0-ppm and residual of approximately
30-ppm in system. Repeat measurements daily with system under full circulation and apply
chemicals to adjust levels until no change is apparent.
END OF SECTION 23 21 13
Rohrbach Associates PC HYDRONIC PIPING
23 21 13-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 31 13
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect low pressure
ductwork as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Low pressure ductwork shall apply to the following:
1. Supply: Downstream of terminal units, less than 1" static pressure.
2. Return: Upstream of terminal units, less than 1" static pressure.
3. Exhaust: Upstream of terminal units, less than 1" static pressure.
4. Transfer & Combustion: Less than 1” static pressure.
5. Outdoor & Relief: Upstream/Downstream of unit, less than 1” static pressure.
C. High velocity ductwork shall apply to the following:
1. Supply & Ventilation: Upstream of terminal units, less than 6" static pressure.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Conditioned Space: An area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled.
B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but is
adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling
plenums).
C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not tempered
(e.g., attic spaces).
D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items).
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Duct and plenum construction, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and hanging and
other sheet metal work as called for shall be in accordance with the following standards:
1. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards", Second Edition 1995, by the Sheet
Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA).
B. Low pressure ductwork shall conform to the following SMACNA pressure classifications. Refer to
plans for ductwork designations.
Supply & Relief - Rectangular ........................... 1" positive
Supply & Relief – Round ................................... 2" positive
Return & Outdoor - Rectangular ....................... 1" negative
Return & Outdoor - Round ................................ 2" negative
Exhaust, Rectangular ........................................ 1" negative
Exhaust, Round ................................................ 2" negative
Transfer & Combustion Air – Rectangular ........ 1” positive
Transfer & Combustion Air – Round ................. 2” positive
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. High velocity ductwork shall conform to the following SMACNA pressure classifications.
Supply & Ventilation - Rectangular .................... 4" positive
Supply & Ventilation - Round ............................. 4" positive
D. NFPA Compliance: All liner and covering materials shall have maximum UL Flame Spread Index
of 25, and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and shall meet all requirements of
NFPA-90A.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit 1/4 scale shop fabrication shop drawings.
2. Submit shop drawings of elbows and fittings showing static pressure loss charted for air
quantities involved in each.
B. Two copies of duct leak testing results.
C. Submit weld sample, welding information, and welders’ certification for weld stainless steel
ductwork. Submittal to include the following information:
1. Welder name(s):
2. Certification:
3. Metal type and gauge:
4. Joint preparation:
5. Welding process:
6. Equipment utilized:
7. Filler specifications:
8. Shield gas:
D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of
mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and
furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each type of
mechanical insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual.
F. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these
specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire
rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
B. Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 181: Factory-Made Duct Materials and Air Duct Connections.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect shop-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage during
shipping, storage and handling.
1. Stored materials subject to rejection due to damage.
B. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with
manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not install
damaged insulation; remove from project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. All sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality resquared tight coat galvanized steel,
except where other type material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number shall
appear on each sheet.
B. Duct Lining Materials
1. Certain-Teed
2. Owens Corning Fiberglass
3. Johns-Manville
4. PPG
5. Knauf
2.02 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK – LOW VELOCITY
A. General: Provide factory-fabricated or shop fabricated duct and fittings.
B. Materials: Galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A527, lockforming quality, with
ANSI/ASTM A525, G90 zinc coatings, mill phosphatized.
C. Gauge: Comply with code requirements for minimum gauge thickness for various sizes.
D. Fittings:
1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than duct 1.0
times the width (diameter), where space conditions will not permit this radius or where
indicated on drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used.
2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1:3.
3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock or snaplock equal per SMACNA. Lateral
seams shall be slip drive or standing. Slip seams and sheet metal screws not permitted.
2.03 GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK – HIGH VELOCITY
A. Single-Wall Ducts: Spiral-wound, zinc-coated steel with individual formed steel tees and elbows.
1. Single-Wall Round Duct Gauges:
Minimum USS Gauge
Duct Diameter (Inches) Spiral Lock Seam
Up to 8 26
9 to 22 24
23 to 36 22
37 to 50 20
51 to 60 18
61 and Over 16
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Single-Wall Oval Duct Gauges, Factory-Made with Spiral Lock Seams:
Maximum Width Minimum
in Inches USS Gauge Reinforcement Longitudinal Centers
Up to 10 24 None
11 to 20 22 4 foot centers
21 to 40 18 2 x 2 x 1/8 angle 2.5 foot centers
41 to 72 16 2 x 2 x 3/16 angle 2 foot centers
B. Flexible Ductwork, Insulated: Suitable for -20F to 220F temperature range and minimum 12
inches w.c. working pressure.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Flexmaster: Type 3
b. Genflex: IHPL (1-1/2" thick insulation)
c. Thermaflex: M-KC (1-1/2" thick insulation)
2. Inner Liner: Glass fiber, PVC coating, factory-clinched in cold-rolled galvanized steel
spiral, or with spiral wire permanently bonded to fabric, UL listed, complying with NFPA
90.
3. Outer Jacket: 1-1/2" thick, 3/4 lb. fibrous glass, with flame-resistant PVC vapor barrier.
C. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two
thicknesses of not less than 22 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal
frame, air tight gasket equal to United McGill AOBXFDDC.
D. Fabrication
1. Directional Change:
a. Construct tees, bends, and elbows with radius minimum 1.0 times width of duct
on center line.
2. Size Change:
a. Increase and decrease duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15, unless otherwise
noted on Drawings.
3. Seams and Joints: In accordance with SMACNA standards.
a. Rigidly construct metal ducts with joints mechanically tight, substantially airtight,
braced and stiffened so not to breathe, rattle, vibrate or sag.
b. Where spiral ductwork is exposed, assemble duct to duct joints with spiral seam
following continuous helicoid pattern across joints.
2.04 DOUBLE-WALL, SPIRAL ROUND/OVAL, INSULATED
A. General: Provide factory fabricated double-wall, spiral round/oval, insulated ductwork and fittings
of dimensions as indicated on the drawings.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Semco Incorporated
2. Steelcraft Corp.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. United Sheet Metal Division, United McGill Corp.
4. Norlock
C. Material: Galvanized steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A653. Finish shall be galvanized coating.
D. Construction:
1. Outer Casing: Round spiral lock seam or flat oval construction.
2. Inner duct: Minimum 0.028 inch perforated galvanized steel with 23% open area
perforations.
3. Insulation: 1 inch thick fiberglass, thermal conductivity of 0.27 Btu/h/sq. ft./F/inch.
E. Fittings: Equal to duct construction.
1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than 1.0 times
the duct width (diameter). Where space conditions will not permit this radius or where
indicated on the drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used.
2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall not exceed 15 deg, unless
noted on the drawings.
F. Joints: All field joints shall be made with a 2” slip-fit or slip coupling. All flanges shall be factory
installed.
G. All branch connections in exposed areas shall be made with taps mounted on spiral duct. Taps
on rolled duct bodies will not be allowed.
2.05 STAINLESS STEEL EXHAUST DUCTS – LOW VELOCITY
A. General: Fabricate all exhaust ducts and supports of ASTM A167, Type 304L, 16 gauge,
stainless steel. Welded construction to be in accordance with ANSI/AWS standard D9.1-90.
2.06 PLENUMS
A. Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to plenum; shall be two metal
gauges heavier than gauge of largest duct connecting to plenum.
2.07 DUCT SEALING – LOW VELOCITY
A. All joints in low pressure duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or DuctMate ProSeal. Apply
and install joint sealer per manufacturer’s recommendations. In general, apply to male end of
coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint
and screws with a 2” to 3” wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air
pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant.
Sealant as manufactured by Minnesota Mining No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered
equal.
B. Alternate Sealing System:
1. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal.
2. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
printed instruction and installation manuals.
3. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "J" connection. The
Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connection. Construction
of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the addendum to the
SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh Testing
Laboratory.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class C.
2.08 DUCT SEALING - HIGH VELOCITY
A. All joints in low pressure duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or Ductmate ProSeal. Apply
and install joint sealer per manufacturer’s recommendations. In general, apply to male end of
coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint
and screws with a 2” to 3” wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air
pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant.
Sealant as manufactured by Minnesota Mining No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered
equal.
B. Alternate Sealing System:
1. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal.
2. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s
printed instruction and installation manuals.
3. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "J" connection. The
Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connection. Construction
of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the addendum to the
SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh Testing
Laboratory.
C. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will
achieve airtight and quiet systems, capable of performing each indicated service.
1. Install each run with minimum joints.
2. Align ductwork accurately at connections and with internal surfaces smooth.
3. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will
hold ducts true-to-shape and prevent buckling and vibration.
B. Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated on drawings, install offsets, angles
and transitions as may be required to avoid interferences with other work. Maintain full capacity of
ducts at offsets, angles and transitions except where drawings indicate use of reducing or
increasing transitions.
1. General: Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach hangers to
structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means.
Rubber in-shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for all ducts in equipment rooms,
to prevent vibration transmission to the structure.
C. Install hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards general locations:
1. Install hangers close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, clinch collar branch
connections and the first branch elbows after nested splits.
2. Locate hangers of duct penetrating walls or partitions as though the walls will contribute
no support to the duct.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Install hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of duct.
4. Maintain hanger spacing intervals less than, equal to, but not greater than the specified
maximums.
5. Install hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal vaned square elbows.
On wide vaned square elbows, install additional hangers at maximum allowable intervals
or less measured along the heel lines of the elbows.
6. Provide a set of hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal radius
elbows. Install one or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the inside and
outside arcs of large radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs
exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct.
7. Provide at least one set of hangers for short duct branches 3 feet or less in length.
8. Provide each duct riser with a minimum of two supports completely spanning the shaft
opening at each floor. One pair of supports may be used to support more than one duct
riser, provided that the strength of the supports is increased appropriately and proper
additional supplementary steel is used at the extra risers.
9. Support duct risers, located between floors that are more than 15 feet high, at each floor
and halfway points between floors. The distance between intermediate supports on very
high floors should not exceed 12 feet. Intermediate hangers may be supported from an
adjacent wall or hung by rods from supports on the floor above.
10. Provide one or more sets of hangers for equipment in duct runs such as heating coils,
heat pumps, etc., as recommended by their manufacturers.
D. Locate duct hangers approximately:
1. 2 to 24 inches from flexible connections of fans.
2. 2 to 24 inches from the outlets or flexible connects of VAV control units or mixing boxes.
3. 12 to 36 inches from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts.
4. 2 to 12 inches from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums.
5. 2 to 24 inches from fire damper breakaway joints.
6. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the lower
elbow of short vertical offsets made with vaned square elbows. The width refers to the
dimension of the elbow in the plane of the turn.
7. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the bottom and
top elbows of vaned square elbow offsets over 8 feet high.
8. One-eighth of the arc in from the ends of bottom and top radius elbows of vertical offsets
longer than 8 feet. Short vertical offsets require hangers at the bottom elbow. Likewise,
sloping offsets need at least one set of hangers at their lower radius elbow.
9. 6 to 12 inches from transverse joints of ducts whose lengths are the same as specified
hanger intervals.
10. 6 to 12 inches from one side of walls or partitions penetrated by ducts.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Maximum permitted hanger spacing:
1. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet may have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart.
2. Ducts with areas 4.1 to 10 square feet may have their hangers spaced not more than 6
feet apart.
3. Ducts with areas over 10 square feet may have their hangers located up to 4 feet apart.
F. Provide and install locking manual volume dampers in all duct systems as required for controlling
air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Provide and install additional volume
dampers as required by Testing and Balancing Contractor for balancing of system.
G. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be increased
to allow for duct linings.
H. Install as indicated on the drawings all duct mounted equipment as specified in other sections.
I. Install eccentric reducers with tops of both duct sizes flush to maintain maximum ceiling space
below ducts.
J. Openings:
1. Provide in ductwork to accommodate access doors, temperature control components and
fire dampers.
2. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment: reheat
coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, smoke and fire dampers.
3. Provide pitot tube openings for testing of systems, complete with metal cap, with spring
device or screw to ensure against air leakage.
4. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation materials inside
metal collar.
K. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance
activities.
L. Connections:
1. Connect duct to equipment with flexible fabric, sheet metal clips, screws and washers.
2. At each point where ducts pass through partitions, provide sleeve with space between
duct and sleeve packed with insulation and sealed.
M. Where ducts pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, seal openings in
accordance with Specification Section 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC.
3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Cleaning:
1. Clean ductwork internally, as it is installed, of dust and debris.
2. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration
of metal or where ductwork is to be painted.
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Temporary Closure:
1. At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time
of ductwork installation, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering
until time connections are to be completed.
3.03 DUCT LEAK TESTING – HIGH VELOCITY
A. HVAC Supply and Exhaust Ducts:
1. The system shall be leak tested at the design operating pressure with a total leakage not
to exceed 2% of the total design cfm for the system.
2. Carefully seal off all openings (except one for connecting the test equipment) to the riser
or run-out section to be tested.
3. Follow the recommendations of the manufacturer of the duct seal to allow for adequate
cure time for sealer.
4. Connect test blower, calibrated orifice tube and manometers to the system in accordance
with the test equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
5. When the specified test pressure is reached, allow the blower to run for one minute to
make sure that the pressure is stabilized.
6. When the pressure is holding steady, measure the air flowing through the orifice tube
assembly.
3.04 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE – LOW VELOCITY
AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL
HVAC Supply, Return Steel, Galvanized
General Exhaust
Moist Exhaust from equipment, Steel, Stainless, Gasketed
Fume Hood Exhaust
3.05 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE – HIGH VELOCITY
AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL
HVAC Supply Return and Steel, Galvanized
General Exhaust
END OF SECTION 23 31 13
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC METAL DUCTS
23 31 13-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 33 00
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of duct accessories is indicated on drawings and by the requirements of this section.
B. Types of duct accessories required for project include the following:
1. Fire and Smoke Dampers
2. Volume Dampers/Regulators
3. Flexible Ducts
4. Access Doors
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) "Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide".
B. Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of duct accessories,
except as otherwise indicated.
C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers".
D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of duct accessories.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications for each type of duct accessory, including
dimensions, capacities, and materials of construction; and installation instructions.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly-type shop drawings for each type of duct accessory showing
interfacing requirements with ductwork, and method of fastening or support.
C. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for each type of
duct accessory; include this data in Maintenance Manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide flexible ductwork equal to one of the following:
1. Semco
2. Wiremold
3. Thermaflex
4. Valuflex
Rohrbach Associates PC
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
23 33 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
1. Air Balance, Inc.
2. Pottorff
3. Ruskin Manufacturing Co.
4. Leader Industries
5. Greenheck
6. Safe-air / Dowco
2.02 FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS
A. Fire Dampers
1. Sleeves shall be of the length required and shall be of the thickness required by UL 555.
Construct frame of 20 gauge galvanized steel. Provide fusible link rated at 160-165
degrees F (71-74 degrees C) unless otherwise indicated. All duct mounted fire dampers
to be Style B for rectangular ductwork and Style CR/CO for round and oval ductwork
such that damper curtain is located outside of airstream. Style types are based on
Ruskin fire dampers.
2. Provide damper with positive lock in closed position, and with the following additional
features:
a. Damper Blade Assembly: Curtain type.
b. Blade Material: 24 gauge galvanized steel.
B. Smoke Dampers
1. Frame shall be a minimum of 16 gage galvanized steel formed into a structural hat
channel shape with tabbed corners for reinforcement. The blades shall be air foil type,
single piece galvanized steel, minimum 14 gauge equivalent construction. Bearings shall
be stainless steel sleeve turning in an extruded hole in the frame. Blade edge seals shall
be silicone rubber mechanically locked to blade, designed to withstand 450 deg. F. Jamb
seal shall be stainless steel flexible metal compression type.
2. Each smoke damper shall be classified by Underwriters Laboratories as a Leakage
Rated Damper for use in smoke control systems under the latest version of UL555S, and
bear a UL label attesting to same. Damper manufacturer shall have tested, and qualified
with UL, a complete range of damper sizes covering all dampers required by this
specification. Testing and UL qualifying a single damper size is not acceptable. The
leakage rating under UL555S shall be leakage Class II (10 cfm/ft. at 1" w.g.).
3. As part of the UL qualification, dampers shall have demonstrated a capacity to operate
(to open and close) under HVAC system operating conditions, with pressures of at least
4" w.g. in the closed position, and 2,000 fpm air velocity in the open position.
4. In addition to the leakage ratings already specified herein, the dampers and their
actuators shall be qualified under UL555S to an elevated temperature of 250 deg. F or
350 deg. F, depending upon the actuator. Electric actuators (120V two position) shall be
installed by the damper manufacturer at time of damper fabrication. Damper and
actuator shall be supplied as a single entity which meets all applicable UL555S
qualifications for both dampers and actuators. Factory supplied caulked sleeve shall be
20 gage for dampers through 84" wide and 18 gage above 84" wide. Damper and
actuator assembly shall be factory cycled 10 times to assure operation. All wiring or
piping material required to interconnect the actuator with detection and/or alarm or other
systems shall be furnished by others as detailed elsewhere in the specification. Dampers
shall be Ruskin Model SD36 or approved equal, exact model to be determined by the
physical geometry of the installation.
Rohrbach Associates PC
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
23 33 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers
1. Frame shall be a minimum of 16 gage galvanized steel formed into a structural hat
channel reinforced at corners. The blades shall be airfoil type, single piece galvanized
steel, 14 gage minimum equivalent construction. Blade action shall be opposed.
Bearings shall be stainless steel sleeve turning in an extruded hole in the frame.
Galvanized bearings shall not be acceptable. Blade edge seals shall be silicone rubber
and galvanized steel mechanically locked into blade edge (adhesive or clip fastened
seals not acceptable) and shall be designed to withstand a minimum of 450 deg. F.
Jamb seals shall be non-corrosive stainless steel flexible metal compression type to
further ensure smoke management.
2. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be classified for use for fire resistance ratings
of less than 3 hours, in accordance with UL standard 555, and shall further be classified
by Underwriters Laboratories as a Leakage Rated Damper for use in smoke control
systems in accordance with the latest version of UL555S, and bear a UL label attesting to
same. Damper manufacturer shall have tested, and qualified with UL, a complete range
of damper sizes covering all dampers, required by this specification. Testing and UL
qualifying a single damper size is not acceptable. The leakage rating under UL 555S
shall be leakage Class II (10 cfm/ft. at 1" w.g.).
3. As part of the UL qualification, dampers shall have demonstrated a capacity to operate
(to open and close) under HVAC system operating conditions, with pressures of at least
4" w.g. in the closed position, and 4,000 fpm air velocity in the open position.
4. In addition to the leakage ratings already specified herein, the dampers and their
actuators shall be qualified under UL555S to an elevated temperature of 350 deg. F.
Appropriate 120V electric actuators shall be installed by the damper manufacturer at time
of damper fabrication. Damper and actuator shall be supplied as a single entity which
meets all applicable UL555 and UL555S qualifications for both dampers and actuators.
Manufacturer shall provide factory assembled sleeve of 17" minimum length (contractor
to verify requirement). Factory supplied caulked sleeve shall be 20 gage for dampers
through 84" wide and 18 gage above 84" wide. Damper and actuator assembly shall be
factory cycled 10 times to assure operation. Dampers shall be Ruskin Model FSD 60 or
approved equal, exact model to be determined by the nature of the installation.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Manual Volume Dampers: Fabricated of same material as ducts, two metal gauges heavier than
duct and hammered 1" all around, mounted on 3/8" square rod with saw slot position indicator.
1. Provide end bearings with gasket - Young Regulator Co. Model 666-FD or equal by Elgin.
B. Manual Volume Damper Regulators:
1. Accessible areas: Provide locking position regulator with gasket and handle - Young
Regulator Co. Model 403-FD or equal by Elgin.
2. Inaccessible areas: Provide concealed manual volume damper regulators with cover
plate and gear assembly - Young Regulator Co. Model 315 or equal by Elgin.
C. Air Turns: Elgin "Air-Tite" or equal shop fabricated.
D. Flexible Duct Connection: 30 ounce woven glass fiber, double neoprene coated, fire retardant,
waterproof and air tight, suitable for temperatures to 250 deg. F, UL approved. Ventfabric, Inc.
"Ventglass".
Rohrbach Associates PC
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
23 33 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
E. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed, fabricated of two
thicknesses of not less than 22 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal
frame, air tight gasket and two Young Regulator Company No. 1330 latches, or equal by Elgin.
2.04 FLEXIBLE DUCT
A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre-insulated, consisting of vinyl coated spring steel wire helix
bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation
and vinyl impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier. Basis of Design: Semco, Type A1.
B. Composite assembly shall meet Class I requirements of NFPA-90A and shall be UL listed for
flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50.
Assembly shall meet the requirements of UL-181.
C. Where flexible duct is allowed, it shall be connected to metal ducts, terminal units and diffusers
with Panduit, Tylon or equal tool installed nylon clamps.
D. Maximum length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to terminal units and grilles,
registers and diffusers shall be not greater than 72". All duct turns greater than 45 deg. shall be
rigid elbows.
E. Wherever ductwork is routed exposed, flexible ductwork is not acceptable. All exposed ductwork
to be rigid.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which duct accessories will be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with
applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance
with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function.
B. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from either side,
except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter.
C. Install all fire and smoke dampers in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
D. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of duct
accessories properly with other work.
E. Field Quality Control: Operate installed duct accessories to demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty
accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance.
END OF SECTION 23 33 00
Rohrbach Associates PC
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
23 33 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 36 00
AIR TERMINAL UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this Section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install air terminal units as
required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 TERMINAL UNITS
A. Air Terminal units shall include the following:
1. VAV Boxes
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate the
equipment, to include color charts, dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance data and other
descriptive data necessary to describe fully the air terminal units.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. VAV Boxes
1. Carnes
2. Titus
3. E.H. Price
4. Metal Aire
5. Krueger
2.02 VAV BOXES
A. General: Ceiling mounted variable air volume supply air control terminals for connection to
single, medium pressure duct, central air systems, with hot water, heating coils and air flow
measuring station. Direct digital controls and actuation to be provided by DDC Controls
Contractor.
B. Casing: Welded 26-gauge galvanized steel. Provided with round stub inlet duct connection and
S and drive outlet duct connection. Hanger holes to be provided on four corners for installation.
Leak rate not greater than two percent at 0.5-inch wg.
C. Lining: Non-porus, rigid 4 lb. density fiberglass insulating material with an aluminum foil facing.
All edges are sealed with metal endcaps and corner angles to prevent particals from entering air
stream. The liner’s integrity shall be maintained where the damper shaft penetrates the insulation
by a flanged nylon bushing. Design basis is Price CFAF cleanroom aluminum foil system.
Rohrbach Associates PC AIR TERMINAL UNITS
23 36 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Control Damper:
1. Locate air volume damper assembly inside unit casing. Construct from extruded
aluminum or 20 gauge galvanized steel components. Key damper blades into shaft with
nylon fitted pivot points.
2. Air volume control damper shall be factory calibrated assembly consisting of damper and
damper shaft extension for connection to externally mounted control actuator.
3. Leakage rate not greater than 2% of nominal CFM at 1".
E. Air Flow Sensor: Eight point flow sensing ring capable of sensing true airflow to within +/- 10
percent regardless of inlet duct connection. Sensor includes pressure taps on inlet cone of air
valve to provide the velocity signal for volume regulator and to measure airflow through the valve
when used in conjunction with calibration chart provided on unit.
F. Automatic Flow Controller: To be a thermostatically reset velocity controller which provides
constant delivery air control within +/- 5 percent of rated flow down to 25 percent of unit rated cfm,
independent of changes in system static pressure, with 1-1/2 diameters of straight duct at the unit
inlet. Control to within +/- 10 percent to be obtained with any inlet duct connection. Factory
calibrated, field adjustable setpoints shall be provided to set maximum and minimum cfm.
G. Reheat Coils (where applicable for supply air units): Coils shall have capacities and ratings as
scheduled on the drawings. Coils shall consist of seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to
aluminum fins. Maximum working pressure 125 psig and test pressure of 300 psig.
H. Provide terminal unit with control enclosure.
I. For supply air units, VAV terminal unit with reheat coil and upstream access door shall be
provided complete as package by the manufacturer for installation by HVAC Contractor. Access
door shall be insulated and shall have cam locks or snap latches; screw fasteners and non-
insulated doors are not acceptable. Access doors shall be a minimum of 4” x 6-1/2”.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install units and make duct and piping connection as indicated on drawings.
3.02 Install shut-off cocks, balancing cocks, air vents, control valves and devices as required for
complete installation.
3.03 Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted.
Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring.
A. Verify that wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation
requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring
installation is acceptable to equipment installer.
3.04 VAV boxes shall be installed above the ceiling at an elevation allowing access to the units
possible from a step ladder through the ceiling grid. Coordinate final elevation with building maintenance
staff prior to installation.
END OF SECTION 23 36 00
Rohrbach Associates PC AIR TERMINAL UNITS
23 36 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 23 37 13
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 23 00 10 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work
required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of grilles,
registers and diffusers as per the schedules on the drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.
B. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following:
1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.
2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1. Carnes
2. Titus
3. E.H. Price
4. Metal Aire
5. Krueger
2.02 Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be of the type and style as scheduled.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush to surface. Locations may be
altered slightly, as acceptable to the Design Professional, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure.
3.02 In grid panel type ceilings, lay-in metal pan, acoustical, etc., grilles, registers and diffusers shall be
located in the center of the panel.
3.03 Coordinate locations of ceiling diffusers and registers with Design Professional's reflected ceiling
plan. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Design Professional for
determination of final location.
3.04 Adjust blow pattern as indicated on plans and as scheduled, prior to balancing.
END OF SECTION 23 37 13
Rohrbach Associates PC
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 37 13-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 37 13-2
DIVISION 26
ELECTRICAL
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 00 10
ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General
Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this division and
as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for
the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation.
B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft
involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards
of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. National Electrical Code
2. National Fire Protection Association
3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
5. International Building Code
6. Occupational Safety and Health Act
7. Iowa Administrative Code
8. NECA Standards
9. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)
B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work
and shall notify Engineer of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code
requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such
questions shall be referred to Architect/Engineer for final decision.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. He shall
check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their
requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions
concerning this shall be referred to Architect/Engineer prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide
the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.
C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in connection
with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all
bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State and City.
D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service charges
associated with new service.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall
examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction,
i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.
B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope
of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment.
C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations
for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the
layout of the work.
D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling
of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice boxes
may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the
specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be
furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be protected
against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.
C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with the
conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities,
routing of outside conduit to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or
other obstacles.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the schedule of the
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. The Architect reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in
the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for
the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Architect. If clarification is not asked
for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in
agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the
contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Architect and his decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is
substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required
to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to
assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the contractor to
work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be
responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged
during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor
for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.
1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Contractor shall provide cutting in the existing structure, as required for the installation of new
work, and shall furnish lintels and supports as required for openings. Cutting of structural support
members will not be permitted without prior approval of the Architect. Extent of cutting shall be
minimized; use core drills, power saws or other machines which will provide neat, minimum
openings.
B. Electrical Contractor shall coordinate the placing of openings in the structure as required for the
installation of the electrical work with the General Contractor. General Contractor to provide
patching and patch painting.
C. Conduits and wireways passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and partitions
shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and conduit, sleeve and/or wireway
shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.
Where conduits, sleeves and/or wireways pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are
not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.
1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A. manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by
Architect/Engineer. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when
required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Architect, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal
data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including
dates that the submittals will be to the Architect for review.
E. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE
OTHER
OF SYSTEM
SPECDETAIL PRODINSTALL O & M (SEE
DEMON-
SECTIONEQUIPMENT DWGS DATA SAMPLESMETHODS MANUAL STRATION NOTES)
26 24 16 Panelboards x x x x
26 27 26 Wiring Devices x x x
26 28 16 Circuit Breakers x x x
Variable Frequency
26 29 23 x x x x
Motor Controllers
26 51 00 Light Fixtures x x x x
F. Architect/Engineer will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting
the plans and specifications.
G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Architect in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab
indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for
equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Architect/Engineer and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
C. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section.
1.13 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to
demonstrating systems to Owner.
B. Prior to acceptance of the electrical installation, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the Owner, or
his designated representatives, all essential features and functions of all systems installed, and
shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.
C. Contractor shall submit to the Architect a certificate signed by the Owner stating the date, time,
and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.
An example of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to
the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction
has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor: _____________________________
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner: ________________________________
NAMES DATE HOURS
E. Acknowledgement of demonstration:
Contractor's Representative: ___________________________
signature
___________________________
date
Owner's Representative: ___________________________
signature
___________________________
date
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality.
These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Engineer at least 8 days prior to the bid due
date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting
changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a
result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The entire electrical system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in
materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the
guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not
limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
1.17 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01.
B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum
and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be
authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of
the Contract Documents.
C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by
mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data
to permit evaluation. A Change Order in excess of $300.00 shall be submitted with each item
listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually
agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.
D. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself
that the change has been properly authorized in behalf of the Owner.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.18 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by the Owner.
B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and
equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new
condition.
C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left
during the progress of this contract at job completion.
1.19 ACCESS DOORS
A. When the Electrical Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will be
concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, the Electrical Contractor shall provide a
flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or
Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved.
B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label.
C. Construction:
1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel.
2. Trim shall be of one piece construction.
3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel.
4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge.
5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.
1.20 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Refer to Specification Division 1 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.
END OF SECTION 26 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
26 00 10-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section includes the following:
1. Demolition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. All materials removed shall be the property of the removing contractor and shall be removed from
the site unless otherwise specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Demolition shall be accomplished by the proper tools and equipment for the work to be removed.
Personnel shall be experienced and qualified in the type of work to be performed.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
C. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation. Report discrepancies to Owner
before disturbing existing installation.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.
B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during
construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel
experienced in such operations.
C. Existing Electrical Services: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make
switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from Owner at least 24 hours before partially or
completely disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to
maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
26 05 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service. Disable system only to make
switchovers and connections. Notify Owner at least 24 hours before partially or completely
disabling system. Minimize outage duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in
areas adjacent to work area.
E. Existing Telephone System: Maintain existing system in service. Unless noted otherwise, all
work associated with telephone system to be by Owner's Telecommunications Supplier.
Contractor to coordinate timing and extent of demolition required.
3.04 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of this Section.
B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. Extend
existing installations using materials and methods as specified.
C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling
finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
E. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit
servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are
not removed.
F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equipment.
G. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving utilization equipment that has
been removed.
H. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires. Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other
accessories.
I. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
J. Maintain access to existing electrical installations which remain active. Modify installation or
provide access panel as appropriate.
K. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are to be reused.
3.05 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Unless specifically noted under other contracts, Electrical Contractor shall assume all required
work shall be performed by him. In general, the following will be performed by others:
1. General Contractor will remove any bases, floor fill, wall work and footings; neatly patch,
match, complete and finish all affected surfaces.
2. Mechanical Contractor will disconnect all mechanical services and remove pipe back to
behind finish surfaces, close and cap ends of pipe.
3.06 OWNER'S RIGHT OF SALVAGE
A. Owner may designate and have salvage rights to any material herein demolished by the
Contractor.
END OF SECTION 26 05 00
Rohrbach Associates PC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
26 05 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 19
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install all wiring
systems.
B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring systems
of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other
sections or called for on the drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical
wire, cable and connectors.
B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable and connectors.
C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL-listed and
labeled.
D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers
Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable.
E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to construction
of wire and cable.
F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer regularly engaged
in the manufacturing of the specified material.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 WIRE AND CABLE
A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control and signal circuits shall have copper conductors of
not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #10 AWG and
smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded.
B. Minimum size conductors shall be #12 AWG for power and lighting.
C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows:
1. Type THWN, or XHHW (75 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders
in wet and dry locations.
Rohrbach Associates PC LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 19-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Type THHN, or XHHW (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders
in dry locations only. Use where lighting branch circuit conductors are routed through
fluorescent fixture channels.
3. Type MTW, wet and dry locations - use for low voltage signal and control circuits
operating at 25 volts or less.
D. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc), provide stranded type conductors.
2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING
A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up through
#8 AWG, conductors #6 AWG and larger shall have black insulation and shall be phase color
coded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be
assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch
circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use
colored tape on colored wire.
120/208V.Y 277/480V.
Phase 'A' Conductor Black Brown
Phase 'B' Conductor Red Orange
Phase 'C' Conductor Blue Yellow
Neutral Conductor White Grey
Grounding Conductor Green Green
2.03 CONNECTORS
A. In-line splices and taps for conductor sizes #8 AWG and smaller, use 3M Co. "Scotchlock" vinyl
insulated spring connectors, or equal Ideal "wingnut" or Thomas & Betts. Wago wire nuts are also
acceptable.
B. Connectors for conductors No. 6 and larger shall be of compression or split-bolt types, National
Electric, Thomas & Betts, Blackburn or Burndy mechanical connectors. Fill connector voids with
electrical insulation putty, follow with 3-M Scotch tape #33, minimum 2 layers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Wire shall not be installed in the conduit system until the building is enclosed and masonry work
is completed.
B. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull mouse
through conduits prior to pulling conductors.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All cable for major feeders shall be continuous from origin to termination, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Splices in branch circuit wires shall be made only in accessible junction boxes.
Rohrbach Associates PC LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 19-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or powder.
Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.
D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway.
E. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members and
follow surface contours, where possible.
F. Keep conductor splices to a minimum.
G. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependant on service connections such as lamp
holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity.
H. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system.
I. All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prior to energization, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and also for short circuits.
Correct malfunctions when detected.
B. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in
accordance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 26 05 19
Rohrbach Associates PC LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 19-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
26 05 19-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 26
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC.
B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following:
1. Service equipment.
2. Enclosures.
3. Equipment.
C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in these
specifications.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and installation of
electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide grounding products
which are UL-listed and labeled.
B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869
pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding.
C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241
pertaining to electrical grounding.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
A. Materials and Components
1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated;
with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors,
terminals (solderless lugs), grounding rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding
jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete
installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is
Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products
complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications
indicated.
2. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division
26, Section 26 05 33 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
3. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for
grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to
NEC.
Rohrbach Associates PC GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 26-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
4. Bonding Plates, Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding plates,
connectors, terminals, lugs and clamps as recommended by bonding plate, connector,
terminal and clamp manufacturers for indicated applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable
portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized
industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended
functions.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding
system with other work.
C. Install bonding jumpers with ground clamps on water meter piping to electrically bypass water
meters.
D. Install clamp-on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure
electrical conductivity and circuit integrity.
E. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as required by
the NEC.
F. Isolated Grounding (IG) conductors shall be green colored insulation with continuous yellow
stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal
inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green
and two bands of yellow.
G. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding conductor
connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from
panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the
applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
H. Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits: For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or
feeder, isolate equipment enclosure from supply circuit raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting
listed for the purpose. Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure, and install a separate
insulated equipment grounding conductor. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard
grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable
derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 26 05 26
Rohrbach Associates PC GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 26-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports for
conduit, fixtures and equipment.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical
supporting devices.
B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB
1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies".
C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard of
Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting.
D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard materials, design
and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a
complete installation; and as herein specified. Where more than one type of device meets
indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option.
B. Conduit Cable Supports: Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for non-armored
type electrical cables in risers; construct for rigid metal conduit; type wire as indicated; construct
body of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish.
C. U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment,
16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8"
o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and
match with U-channel:
1. Fixture hangers.
2. Channel hangers.
3. End caps.
4. Beam clamps.
5. Wiring stud.
6. Thinwall conduit clamps.
7. Rigid conduit clamps.
8. Conduit hangers.
9. U-bolts.
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 29-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of one of the
following:
1. B-Line Systems, Inc.
2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut
3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International
4. Globestrut
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply
with requirements.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to
interface installation of supporting devices with other work.
C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of supporting
required. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion
resistance finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows:
1. Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use conduit
clamps mounted on U-channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between
conduit and structure.
2. Where single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp
suspended by 3/8" steel drop rod.
3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring
conduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of
U-channel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods.
4. Where circuit voltage is above 600 volts, conduit clamps shall be provided with insulating
bushings of dielectric strength as required.
5. Where conduit is buried in concrete floor topping; anchor conduit to structural floor with
one hole jiffy clamps.
6. Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC.
D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows:
1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete
inserts attached to concrete forms.
2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self-drilling expansion shields.
Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional
support is required in poured concrete.
3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels
as required by structural system.
4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins.
Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds.
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 29-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board
partitions and walls.
6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction.
E. The following is not permitted:
1. Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
2. Use of powder-actuated anchors.
3. Drilling of structural steel members.
F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile. Provide
metal bar hangers or U-channel strut attached to ceiling supports.
G. Where disconnect switches and panels cannot be mounted on wall, provide support racks
fabricated of structural steel or U-channel strut.
H. Provide concrete bases and pads for transformers and other equipment requiring bases, except
where drawings indicate that such bases and pads are to be furnished by the General Contractor.
Furnish all equipment anchor bolts and installation for their proper and accurate location. All
concrete work and reinforcing shall comply with General Specifications.
END OF SECTION 26 05 29
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 29-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 29-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 33
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install
complete conduit systems.
B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other sections of
the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway,
underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters.
C. Types of raceways in this section include the following:
1. Electrical metallic tubing.
2. Flexible metal conduit.
3. Intermediate metal conduit.
4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.
5. Rigid metal conduit.
D. Provide factory painted red conduit for fire alarm system.
E. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install electrical
boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications.
F. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following:
1. Outlet boxes.
2. Junction boxes.
3. Pull boxes.
G. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements:
1. The term “telecommunications” includes all low voltage technology systems including
voice and data, access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video,
paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems. The term does not
include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications.
2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including
wall sleeves unless otherwise noted.
3. Below grade building entrance conduits within the building footprint shall be schedule 40
electrical PVC unless otherwise noted. Long sweep ninety degree elbows for under
building footprint conduits shall be fiberglass sweeps with PVC schedule 40 conduit
connectors built into the ends of the sweeps. Sweeps of 4” diameter shall be 36”
minimum radius.
4. Below grade conduits for low voltage system cabling are not acceptable unless
specifically directed. Below grade entrance conduits and floor boxes in slab on grade are
exceptions to this rule.
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Underground conduits outside the building footprint shall be continuous HDPE (high
density polyethylene) with 1250 pound braided mule tape used as pull string unless
otherwise noted. Round pull string or other rope is not acceptable for pulling due to risk
of raceway damage. HDPE manufacturer approved water proof couplers shall be used
for conduit type transition. HDPE to HDPE connection shall be hot fusion splice.
6. All below grade conduits shall be plugged at each end during construction to keep water,
mud, rodents, etc., out.
7. All below grade entrance conduits shall be plugged on each end with removable
mechanical plugs to keep water from entering the building for the life of the building.
These plugs shall be installed inside the building above slab, and also at the first hand-
hole outside the building (or where the conduits terminate underground). These plugs
shall also seal around the utility entrance cables, including in and around all sub-ducts for
a complete water tight seal. These mechanical plugs shall be as found on
www.innerduct.com or engineer approved equivalent. Coordinate with the utility to
determine size of cables for the plug inserts required. This work shall be completed
before the Owner occupies the building.
8. All below grade exterior conduits shall have a tracer wire with adequate slack loop at
each end for owner to conveniently connect and trace. All tracer wires shall protrude
from closed hand holes so tracing may be accomplished without lifting the hand hole lid.
9. Interior building, above grade conduits and sleeves shall be EMT unless otherwise noted.
PVC is never acceptable above grade.
10. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed
individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day.
11. All interior conduits shall have pull strings, except sleeves which are less than 4’ long.
EMT conduits shall receive standard round cable pull string (multi-strand plastic twine
type).
12. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1”
unless otherwise noted.
13. Minimum interior conduit size for video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video,
paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems shall be 3/4" unless
otherwise noted.
14. Access control system conduit sizes at the door location shall be per the access control
detail found on the drawings. The conduit from the door location to the access control
head end which contains all conductors needed for all access control functions at that
door (may be individual conductors but is often one large composite cable) shall be
minimum 3/4".
15. Boxes for all low voltage systems in stud walls shall be metallic 4”x4”x2.125” with 0.5”
mud ring unless otherwise noted.
16. Boxes in stud walls for information jacks shall receive single gang mud rings unless
otherwise noted.
17. Boxes in masonry walls shall be minimum 2.5” deep for all low voltage systems.
18. Boxes in masonry walls for information jacks shall be single gang unless otherwise noted.
19. Wiremold surface raceway for all low voltage systems shall be minimum V2400 unless
noted otherwise.
20. Wiremold surface boxes for all low voltage shall be minimum 2.5” deep unless otherwise
noted.
21. Wiremold surface boxes for information jacks shall be single gang unless otherwise
noted.
22. Conduits inside walls which feed the low voltage side of dual compartment Wiremold
shall be minimum 1.25”
23. Contractor shall provide and install hand holes for cable pulling in buried raceway at a
maximum interval of 500’.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to
raceways.
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining to
electrical raceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL-listed
and labeled.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and installation of
raceway systems.
D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a manufacturer
regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material.
E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical
wiring boxes and fittings.
F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and labeled.
G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub No. OS
1) as applicable to sheet-steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT
A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall
thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide
proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable
portions of NEC for raceways.
B. Rigid Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by hot dip or
electro galvanized process. Additional protection by electrostatically applied baked coating.
Thread protective caps and couplings. Use for all feeders larger than 2 1/2" in size.
C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used as approved by code where rigid conduit is
specified, except shall not be used for conduit buried in earth fill.
D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit, galvanized
inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out.
Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed.
Size limited to 2 1/2" and smaller.
E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro galvanized
steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans,
air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type
transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling, and for
wiring within casework and millwork.
F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound steel strip,
with water and oil tight neoprene jacket. Use for final connection to equipment listed in paragraph
"D" above when located in wet areas.
G. MC cable will not be allowed.
2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. Rigid Conduit Fittings: Threaded, galvanized malleable iron or heavy steel, water and concrete
tight. Grounding type nylon insulated bushings for connectors at cabinets, boxes and gutters.
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized malleable iron or steel, water and
concrete tight where exposed to wet locations or imbedded in concrete. Steel set screw type
acceptable in all dry location applications.
C. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Squeeze or screw type galvanized malleable iron or steel with
nylon insulated throats.
D. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or steel, with watertight gaskets,
"O" ring and retainer, and nylon insulated throats.
E. Condulet Fittings: Exposed conduit fittings shall be condulet type for all sharp turns, tees, etc.
F. Observe National Electrical Code requirements for insulated bushings on 1-1/4 inch and larger
conduits. Double locknuts and fibre bushings with threads fully engaged are required. 1-1/4 inch
and larger EMT connectors, if used, must also accommodate insulated bushings with threads
fully engaged. T & B "Insuline" or Appleton insulated throat connectors are acceptable in lieu of
separate bushings.
G. Provide Sealtite for the last 3’ of feeder/circuit for all vibration type equipment (i.e. motors,
transformers, etc).
2.03 WALL OUTLET BOXES
A. General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on Raco,
unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows:
1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #182. Boxes to be
provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials.
2. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets: Use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #182 with raised
cover.
3. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely
fastened to structure.
2.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull and junction boxes shall comply with NEC, Article 370.
B. Pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC, Article 370, shall be fabricated of heavy
gauge galvanized steel with screw or hinged covers, and equipped with corrosion resistant
screws and hardware.
C. Pull and junction boxes for outdoor installation shall be raintight.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY
A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling plenum.
Conduit for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed
overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Branch circuit conduit shall not be installed in
concrete floor slabs except where conditions will not permit the conduit to be installed overhead.
B. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts, mechanical
equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as
otherwise noted.
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel to
building construction.
D. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to interfere with tile
panel removals with 4'0" to 6'0" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box,
accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment.
E. Minimum size conduit shall be 3/4" trade size. Where specified size is not called for on drawings
or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC.
F. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet and to all
cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in
such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity.
G. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade unless noted otherwise.
H. Support conduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in the National
Electric Code.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written
instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in
compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable and raceway installation
work.
3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION
A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices.
B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as shown shall
be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box.
C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through-wall type. Boxes
located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the
conduit openings plugged with duct seal.
D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of electrical
wiring.
E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover
located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Boxes in masonry shall be set with bottom of the box
tight to the masonry unit.
3.04 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION
A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on drawings and
where required to facilitate installation of the wiring.
B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and easily
removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall
exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished
material.
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Architect.
END OF SECTION 26 0533
Rohrbach Associates PC RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 33-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 05 53
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in this
section.
B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:
1. Conduit color banding.
2. Cable conductor identification.
3. Equipment/system identification signs.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical
marking and labeling identification systems.
B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers
for wiring and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories
and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an
application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.
B. Color-Coded Conduit Markers
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent,
plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for
attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint of marker, matching adhesive
plastic tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap-on. Except as otherwise
indicated, provide lettering which indicates voltage, [panel and circuit] of conductor(s) in
conduit.
2. Colors:
a. 120/208 volt: gray
b. 277/480 volt: orange
c. Fire alarm: *red
d. Telephone: blue
e. Intercommunication and Sound: yellow
f. Clocks: green
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 53-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
g. Automatic Emergency Equipment: beige
h. Emergency/Critical: brown
i. Life Safety: white
j. Television: black
* Factory painted.
3. For conduits above ceilings, spray painting of boxes and portions of conduit is acceptable
in lieu of banding. For 120/208 volt branch circuits, mark circuit numbers on all
junction/pull boxes.
C. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor
markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type
with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification.
D. Self-Adhesive Tape for Receptacles and Wiremold
1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard self adhesive or pressure-sensitive,
pre-printed, flexible vinyl signs for operational instructions or warnings; of sizes suitable
for application areas and adequate for visibility, with proper wording for each application.
E. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs
1. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thickness
indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated,
black and white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical
fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate.
a. Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" lengths; 1/8" for larger units.
b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type permanent
adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements
1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install
identification after completion of painting.
B. Conduit Identification
1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B.
2. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping which is
identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit
in a manner similar to piping identification.
3. Identify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit
numbers or system type.
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 53-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Cable/Conductor Identification
1. General: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each
box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal
system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded
conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards,
shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for
project electrical work.
D. Equipment/System Identification
1. General: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment
in building; including central or master unit of each electrical system including
communication/signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory
identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text,
1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering
in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract
documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of
electrical work.
a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures.
b. Disconnects & starters.
2. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best
convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of
equipment. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners
should not or cannot penetrate the substrate.
END OF SECTION 26 05 53
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 53-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
26 05 53-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 24 16
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install
lighting panelboards and distribution panelboards as specified in this section and as called for on
the drawings.
B. Types of panelboards and enclosures in this section include the following:
1. Lighting and appliance panelboards.
2. Power distribution panelboards.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL safety standards pertaining to panelboards and
accessories, and enclosures; provide units which have been UL-listed and labeled.
B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of panelboards, cabinets and
cutout boxes.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Stds. Pub. No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment (1000 volt maximum)", Pub. No. 1, "Panelboards", and installation portion of Pub. No.
PB 1.1, "Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600
Volts or Less".
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions and
general recommendations, for each type of panelboard required. Include data substantiating that
units comply with requirements.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of panelboards and enclosures showing
accurately scaled layouts of enclosures and required individual panelboard devices, including but
not necessarily limited to, circuit breakers, fusible switches, fuses, ground-fault circuit interrupters
and accessories.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following
(specification based on Square D):
1. Square D (to match existing)
Rohrbach Associates PC PANELBOARDS
26 24 16-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.02 PANELBOARDS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboards, enclosures and components, of
types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design
and construction in accordance with published product information; equip with number of unit
panelboard devices as required for complete installation.
1. All Multi-Section Panels: Same dimensions.
2. Provide two keys for each panel.
3. Provide copper ground bar.
4. All panels shall have a designed short circuit rating label.
B. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards:
1. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main breakers shall have current ratings as
shown on the panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests,
conducted in accordance with UL Standard 67. Bussing shall be distributed phase
sequence type.
2. The bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. Wiring gutter space shall be in
accordance with UL Standard 67 for panelboards. The rigidity and gauge of steel to
comply with UL Standard 50 cabinets. Provisions for additional circuit breakers shall be
such that field addition to connectors or mounting hardware will not be required to add
circuit breakers to the panelboards.
3. If ground-fault interrupting breakers (GFI), switched neutral or other special types of
breakers require additional pole spaces, size of panel shall be increased accordingly to
give the scheduled numbers of poles for spare breakers and blank spaces.
4. Fronts shall include doors and have flush, stainless steel, cylinder tumbler-type locks with
catches and spring-loaded door pulls. The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front
of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable
indicating trim ring clamps which shall be completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts
shall not be removable with door in the locked position. A circuitry directory frame and
card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door.
5. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed
as suitable for conductor specified.
6. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or
greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on the panelboard schedule. Series
connected interrupting ratings are not acceptable. This short circuit current rating shall
be established by testing with the overcurrent devices mounted on the panelboard. The
short circuit tests on the overcurrent devices and on the panelboard structure shall be
made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each overcurrent device with the
panelboard connected to its rated voltage source. Method of testing shall be per
Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The source shall be capable of applying the
specified panelboard short circuit current or greater. Testing of panelboard overcurrent
devices for short circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable. Also,
testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not
acceptable. Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum short circuit current rating
at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed.
7. Bus Bar: Copper.
Rohrbach Associates PC PANELBOARDS
26 24 16-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
8. Provide two 1 1/2”C and three 1”C stubs out of all flush mounted panelboards to
accessible ceiling space.
9. Panelboards shall have door-in-door covers.
C. Power Distribution Panelboards; Circuit Breaker Type:
1. Panelboards to be used for main circuit distribution and power circuit distribution shall be
similar to lighting panelboards with the following additions:
a. Cabinet doors over 48" long shall be equipped with three-point latch and vault
lock. End walls shall be removable.
b. Main lugs or main breakers shall be barriered on five sides. The barrier in front
of the main lugs shall be hinged to a fixed part of the interior. The end of the bus
structure opposite the mains shall be barriered.
c. When required, panelboards shall be suitable for use as service equipment.
d. Bus Bar: Copper.
2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary components, of
types, sizes, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's
standard design, materials, components, and construction in accordance with published product
information, and as required for a complete installation.
B. Circuit Breakers - Branch Circuit Panelboards:
1. Branch circuit breakers up to 150 amperes shall be Square D Type Q0, Q1 or equal.
Breakers shall be plug-on type toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechanism.
Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between on
and off when the breaker is tripped and by a highly visible red tripped circuit indicator. All
multi-pole breakers shall be single-operated handle, internal common trip. Breakers
having handle ties but not factory labeled "common trip" will be rejected. UL Class A
ground fault circuit protection shall be provided on 120V AC branch circuits as specified
on the plans or panelboard schedule. This protection shall be an integral part of the
branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch
circuit wiring. Single pole 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers shall be UL listed as
"Switching Breakers" at 120V AC and carry the SWD marking. Tandem or "piggyback"
breakers providing two circuits from one pole space are prohibited.
C. Circuit Breakers - Distribution Panelboards:
1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be rated 15 through 2500 amperes. Breakers covered
under this specification may be applied in switchboards, panelboards, motor control
centers, combination motor starter, busway plug-in units or individual enclosures.
2. Molded case circuit breakers shall have overcenter, trip-free, toggle-type operating
mechanisms with quick-make, quick-break action and positive handle indication. Two
and three-pole breakers shall be common trip. Each circuit breaker shall have a
permanent trip unit containing individual thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole.
Units shall be constructed to accommodate the supply connection at either end.
Operating handles shall assume a center position when tripped. All breakers shall be
calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 deg. C. A button shall be
provided on the cover for mechanically tripping the circuit breaker.
Rohrbach Associates PC PANELBOARDS
26 24 16-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3. Breakers shall have removable lugs. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper/aluminum
conductors. Breakers shall be UL listed for installation of mechanical screw type lugs.
2.04 FUSES
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types, sizes, ratings, and average
time/current and peak let-through current characteristics indicated, which comply with
manufacturer's standard design, materials, and construction in accordance with published
product information, and with industry standards and configurations.
B. Motors Above One (1) Horsepower: For fuse rating 600 amperes or less, dual element time
delay, Type FRN(S)-R, with interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS. Size fuses per Article
430 of the National Electric Code.
C. Motors One (1) Horsepower or Less: Single phase 150 volts or less, Fustat fuses for motor
running protection sizes. Single phase or three phase over 150 volts, Fustron fuses for motor
running protection, with interrupting rating of 100,000 RMS. Size fuses per Article 430 of the
National Electric Code.
D. Fuses for all feeders, branch circuits, motors and other equipment shall be selected in types and
ratings in accordance with NEC to provide a coordinated system of overcurrent protection, thus in
case of a fault or harmful overload, only the fuses nearest the fault or overload will open.
E. Provide one spare set of three (3) of each size and type of fuse used on project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS
A. General: Install panelboards and enclosures where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in
compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.
B. Securely anchor panelboards to structure and make feeder and branch circuit connections as
indicated in specifications and on the drawings.
C. Each panelboard directory shall be typewritten to identify the load fed by each circuit. Spare
breakers and circuits to be left blank with circuit breaker in off position.
END OF SECTION 26 24 16
Rohrbach Associates PC PANELBOARDS
26 24 16-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 27 26
WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices as
required by the drawings and this section.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical
wiring devices.
B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been UL-listed and
labeled.
C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose wiring
devices.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring device required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES
A. All switches shall be "hospital grade", side and back wired and receptacles shall be "hospital
grade", with back pigtail connect/termination, except where higher grade is called for on the
plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.:
1. Hubbell, Inc.
2. Pass & Seymour
3. Leviton
B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be determined at the time of shop drawing
review.
C. Wall switches shall be as follows:
1. Single pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series.
2. Double pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1222 series.
3. Three-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt #1223 series.
4. Four-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1224 series.
Rohrbach Associates PC WIRING DEVICES
26 27 26-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Double-pole double-throw center off light switch - 20 amp, 277 volt, #1386 series.
6. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series.
7. All switches serving emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above, except shall
have "red" handles.
D. Receptacles shall be as follows:
1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 20 amp, 125
volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be
SNAP8300
thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: Hubbell with
required pigtail.
2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA
configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings.
3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons,
GFR8300SNA
equal to Hubbell with required pigtail.
HBL8362
4. Surge suppression outlets shall be equal to Hubbell .
IG8362
5. Isolated ground outlets shall be equal to Hubbell .
6. Combination isolated ground and surge suppression outlets shall be equal to Hubbell
IG8300HIS.
7. Safety type duplex receptacles where required shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R
HBL8300SG
equal to Hubbell “hospital grade” series with the following additional
requirements:
a. Shall permit current to flow only while a standard plug is in the proper position in
the receptacle.
b. Screws exposed while the wall plates are in place shall be the tamperproof type.
c. Shall be installed where indicated on plans.
8. All receptacles connected to emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above,
except shall have "red" bodies.
2.02 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES
A. Cover Plates:
1. Smooth High-Impact Thermo plastic, Hubbell P Series or equal.
2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank plates for
unused outlets.
3. Plates for surface outlets shall be of the raised cover type utilizing 4" square boxes.
PART 2 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES
A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below.
Rohrbach Associates PC WIRING DEVICES
26 27 26-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side of door,
unless indicated otherwise.
C. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No downstream
protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles.
D. Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction drawings, door
swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches.
END OF SECTION 26 27 26
Rohrbach Associates PC WIRING DEVICES
26 27 26-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC WIRING DEVICES
26 27 26-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 26 51 00
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED WORK
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 26 00 10 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to
work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Provide lighting fixtures, accessories, labor and supervision necessary to install complete lighting
system as required by the drawings and this section.
B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following:
1. Fluorescent
2. Solid State Lighting (LED)
3. Exit Signs
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction in building
lighting fixtures.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std. Pub Nos. LE 1 and LE 2
pertaining to lighting equipment.
C. ANSI/IES Compliance: Comply with ANSI 132.1 pertaining to lighting fixtures.
D. UL Compliance: Provide lighting fixtures which have been UL-listed and labeled.
E. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent-lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast
Manufacturers Association standards and carry the CBM label.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on interior building lighting fixtures.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for each
fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order, with proposed fixture and accessories
clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawing booklet shall include lamp and ballast data sheets.
LED fixtures shall include LM-70 information and overall efficacy.
C. Where required by the engineer, submittals for substitute lighting fixtures from approved
manufacturers shall include point-by-point lighting calculations to ensure the fixture meets all
design criteria. Lighting calculations shall be generated in AGI32. Submittal shall include PDF
results and the original calculation file.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers shall be as listed in the light fixture schedule on the drawings.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.02 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES
A. Fluorescent fixture housing shall be die formed of cold rolled steel. Construction shall provide an
approved method of locking lens or shielding in place. Enamel finish for light reflectance shall
have a hardness between H and 3H. Before enamel is applied, the metal shall be cleaned and
prepared by "Bonderizing" or an approved equal process.
B. All plastic lenses for fluorescent fixtures shall be 100% virgin acrylic, not less than 1/8" nominal
thickness. Lens shall have straight flat prism surfaces with maximum .080 penetration.
C. Temperature around ballast and in fixture housing shall not exceed 90 deg.C with ambient room
temperature of 27 deg.C.
D. Electronic Ballast: Instant start; UL listed; sound rated A or better; Class P; capable of operating
standard or energy-saving lamps at 20 KHz or greater, with voltage rating matching branch circuit
voltage; with characteristics as follows:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Discrete Electronic
b. Universal Lighting Technologies
c. Magnatek Triad
2. FCC certified, part 15, subpart J, for electromagnetic interference.
3. Transient protected to withstand line transients as defined in IEEE Publication 587,
categories A and B.
4. Input Current Third Harmonic Content: Maximum 20%, minimum 10%.
5. Minimum Power Factor: .94
6. Minimum Ballast Factor: 0.88; not adversely affecting lamp life.
7. Provide independent laboratory test report.
8. Warranty: Provide written 5-year warranty against mechanical or electrical defects.
E. Compact Fluorescent Electronic Ballast: Instant start; flicker free, UL listed; sound rated A or
better; Class P; capable of operating standard or energy-saving lamps at 20 KHz or greater, with
voltage rating matching branch circuit voltage; with characteristics as follows:
1. Manufacturers:
a. Magnetek
b. Universal Lighting Technologies
c. Advanced Ballast and Transformers
2. FCC certified, part 18C EMI/RFI.
3. Transient protected to withstand line transients as defined in IEEE Publication 587,
categories A and B.
4. Input Current Third Harmonic Content: Maximum 15%.
5. Minimum Power Factor: .95
6. Minimum Ballast Factor: 0.90; not adversely affecting lamp life.
7. Provide independent laboratory test report.
8. Warranty: Provide written 3-year warranty against mechanical or electrical defects.
F. Ballast for fluorescent fixtures controlled by dimmers shall be dimming type ballast as
recommended by the dimmer manufacturer.
G. Recessed fixtures in plaster ceilings shall be furnished with plaster frames.
H. Prior to releasing order for fluorescent fixtures, Contractor shall verify the types of ceilings and
suspension systems that have been approved for the project and shall order fixtures with flanges
as required to fit in the approved ceilings.
I. Light fixtures shall comply with NEC 2008, 410.130(G) for disconnecting means requirements.
Provide disconnect internal to fixture.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2.03 EXIT SIGNS
A. Housing to be thermoplastic (cast aluminum) for wall, end or ceiling mounting. Illumination to be
by long life, low watt LED lamps. Battery, where specified, to be maintenance free, sealed nickel-
cadmium type and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power.
2.04 SOLID STATE LIGHTING / LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LAMPS AND LUMINAIRES
A. General:
1. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the
manufacture and design of LED products and systems and no less than one hundred
(100) North American installations.
2. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established
and reputable LED manufacturers and shall have been fabricated after 2007. Acceptable
LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are:
a. Cree, Inc.
b. Philips Lighting
c. Nichia Corporation
d. Norlux
e. Opto Technology, Inc.
f. Osram Optronic Semiconductors
g. Samsung
B. Replacement and Spares:
1. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following:
a. Manufacture will keep record of original bin for each LED module and have
replacement modules from the same bin available for three (3) years after date of
installation.
b. Manufacturer will keep an inventory of replacement parts (source assembly,
power and control components).
c. Manufacturer’s LED system will not become obsolete for ten (10) years:
Manufacturer will provide exact replacement parts, or provide upgraded parts
that are designed to fit into the original luminaire and provide equivalent
distribution and lumen output to the original, without any negative consequences.
2. All parts of system shall replaceable in field. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee
of the following:
a. Manufacturer has in place a written recycling and re-use program, and will accept
returned product and/or components for recycling or re-use.
b. Manufacturer will properly dispose of non-recyclable components that are
deemed harmful to the environment.
C. Products and Components – Performance:
1. LED luminaires and components shall be UL listed or UL classified.
2. All LED components shall be mercury and lead-free.
3. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 – Specifications for the
Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the
life of the lamp.
4. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM-80 – Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED
Lighting Products
5. LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating
conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED “rated source life” is defined
as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA
LM-70.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
6. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of
source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to
transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall
have no negative impact on life of components.
7. Manufacturer shall supply in writing a range of permissible operating temperatures in
which system will perform optimally.
8. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the
following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal
monitoring firmware
9. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications.
10. For wet and damp use, LED-based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and tested for
appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing
or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or
components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the
designer.
11. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and
provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during
the installation process.
12. The LED luminaire shall be operated at constant and carefully regulated current levels.
LEDs shall not be overdriven beyond their specified nominal voltage and current.
13. Manufacturer shall be able to provide supporting documentation of the product meeting
third party regulatory compliance.
14. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (lm/W), total luminous flux (lumens),
luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. Optical
performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data.
Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM-79-2008, based on test results
from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory.
2.04 LAMPS
A. Lamps shall be General Electric, North American Philips.
B. Furnish lamps for all fixtures as per schedule on drawings.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with fixture
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC),
NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill
requirements.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to properly interface installation of interior
lighting fixtures with other work.
C. Coordinate fixture location with reflected ceiling plan.
D. Recessed fixtures in removable ceilings shall be connected to the branch circuit with flexible
conduit and branch circuit wire from an accessible junction box. Where fluorescent fixture
housings are connected together, use 90 deg.C wire for branch circuit feed through fixture
channels.
E. All fixtures shall be grounded. All lamp sockets shall be wired so that the outer shell is connected
to the neutral grounded conductor.
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
F. Fixtures recessed in furred ceiling shall be installed so that they can be removed from below the
ceiling.
G. Fixtures installed in plastered or acoustical tile shall not be supported directly on the ceiling
material. Support fixtures with metal bar hangers or strut channels attached to the ceiling support
system.
END OF SECTION 26 51 00
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC INTERIOR LIGHTING
26 51 00-6
DIVISION 27
COMMUNICATIONS
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 27 00 10
TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Bidding Information, conditions of the Contract and Division I, General Requirements,
which all apply to work under this section.
B. Note that this section pertains to Nurse Call System Contractor. All other cabling
(phone/data/CATV) shall be furnished and installed by Owner at appropriate time to maintain
completion of project. Electrical Contractor is responsible for raceway system for systems listed
above.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under the telecommunications contract. This shall include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following:
1. Pre-Register Project with structured cabling plant manufacturer if applicable.
2. Furnish and install a complete voice and data-wiring infrastructure.
3. Furnish, install, and terminate all UTP cable and fiber as applicable and per drawings.
4. Furnish and install all wall plates, jacks, patch panels, and patch cords as required and
as indicated.
5. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and ladder rack as required and as indicated.
6. Furnish any other material required to form a complete system.
7. Perform permanent link testing (100% of links) and certification of all components.
8. Furnish test results of all cabling to the owner on disk and paper format, listed by each
closet, then by workstation ID.
9. Provide Owner As-builts in the form of one electronic copy and two hard copies of a
labeled map of the building(s) showing the structured cabling plant.
10. Adhere and comply with all requirements of the Contractor Agreement for the structured
cabling plant manufacturer to be used.
11. Provide Owner training and testing documentation.
B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and properly
functioning telecommunications systems.
C. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular craft
involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
D. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest standards
of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. National Electrical Code
2. Local Electrical Code
3. National Fire Protection Association
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
6. Applicable Building Codes
7. Occupational Safety and Health Act
8. Iowa Administrative Codes
9. TIA/EIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber
Cable Plant
10. TIA/EIA-526-14 Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable
Plant
11. TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1:
General Requirements
12. TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 2:
Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling Components
13. TIA/EIA-568-B.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard
14. TIA/EIA-569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and
Spaces
15. TIA/EIA-570 Residential Telecommunications Wiring Standard
16. TIA/EIA-598 Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding
17. TIA/EIA-606 The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of
Commercial Buildings
18. TIA/EIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications
19. TIA/EIA-758 Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard
20. BICSI - TDMM, Building Industries Consulting Services International,
Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM)
21. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA - 70), National Electrical Code (NEC)
B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work.
No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to
failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or
standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence,
but such questions shall be referred to Engineer for final decision.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and
shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their
requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections.
1.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS DRAWINGS
A. Drawings for the telecommunications work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey
the scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment.
B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities
and locations for equipment.
C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of
the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not
shown, but where such items are required by code (or referenced standards) where they are
required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and
installed.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the
conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities
and/or existing system wiring.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. The Architect reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in
the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of
them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning
thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or
between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of
the Architect. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that
none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as
issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by
Architect and his/her decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is
substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required
to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to
assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor to work
in areas previously finished by Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are
protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work.
Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged
in this respect.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive
products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Engineer for final
decision.
1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly
engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by
Architect/Engineer. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when
required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Architect, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal
data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected. Contractor shall include a cover sheet
providing company name and contact information and leave adequate white space on the cover
page for engineer and architect review stamps. Company name on submittals cover page shall
match contractor meeting the APPROVED CONTRACTOR requirements paragraph found later in
this specification section.
C. Engineer will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans
and specifications.
D. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
E. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
F. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including
dates that the submittals will be to the Architect for review.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
G. Submit required information on all items in the project for the following systems (see table).
Submittals shall be sorted and separately identified per specification section listed below.
CERTIFICATE
SPECEQUIPMENT DETAIL PRODSAMPLESINSTALL O & M OTHER
OF SYSTEM
SECTION DWGSDATAMETHODSMANUAL (SEE
DEMON-
NOTES)
STRATION
27 00 10 Contractor Certifications Note 1
27 00 10 Manufacturer Certification Note 2
27 11 00 As-Builts at Closeout Note 3
27 70 00 Nurse Call System X X X
Notes:
1. Division 27 Contractor shall submit copies of the Contractor Certifications under section 27
0010 (BICSI or IBEW/NECA Certifications) showing compliance with the specification. See
Approved Contractors paragraph for details.
2. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Manufacturer Certification under section 27 00 10. See
Approved Contractors paragraph in this section for details, and further requirements listed in
Cabling and Equipment specification section.
3. Division 27 Contractor shall submit As-Builts as specified in Cabling and Equipment section.
1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Architect in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR)
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall
contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Architect/Engineer and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to
demonstrating systems to Owner.
1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to Owner,
or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions
of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such
systems.
1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so
appropriate personnel can be present.
2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.
B. Equipment training:
1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of
equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.
2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction
materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and
safe operating procedures.
3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.
4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and
shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of
the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.
5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and
shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the
table below.
C. System training:
1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up,
operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.
D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:
SectionDescriptionHrs.Hrs. off Presented ByOthers PresentRemarks
onSite
Site
27 70 00 Nurse Call System 4 Nurse Call Contractor
E. Each Contractor shall submit a certificate (in the project closeout submittals), signed by Owner
stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to
Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to
Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has
been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor: _____________________________
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner:
NAMES DATE HOURS
Acknowledgement of demonstration:
E. Contractor's Representative:
signature
date
Owner's Representative:
signature
date
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC.
A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the
telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required
by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies.
1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier,
manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Engineer at least 10 days prior to bid due
date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested.
Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance
are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for
which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Engineer will approve it in an
addenda. The Architect/Engineer will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item
proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS
A. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer for the
structured cabling plant. A copy of the current annual manufacturer certification shall be provided
with 27 0010 submittals. Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation practices in
accordance with the manufacturer requirements and shall be authorized to provide an extended
Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. Contractors shall provide proof upon
request that they have maintained the Manufacturers Certification in good standing for at least six
months prior to the overall project bid. Temporary or short term certifications (less than the
standard 12 month annual certification described above) or case-by-case certifications are not
acceptable.
B. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall meet one of the following two paragraphs
and provide appropriate documentation in the 27 0010 submittals:
1. Contractor shall have BICSI Registered Installers and Technicians on staff and assign
them to this project. The project shall be staffed at all times by Installers and Technicians
who, in the role of lead craft-persons, will be able to provide leadership and technical
resources for the remaining craft-persons on the project. A minimum of 30 percent of
personnel shall be BICSI registered telecommunications installers. Of that number 15
percent shall be registered at the Technician Level, at least 40 percent shall be registered
at the Installer Level 2, and the balance shall be registered at the Installer Level 1.
Contractor shall provide BICSI certifications showing employee name, level, and
expiration date. BICSI certificate for the highest level attained shall be submitted.
2. Contractor shall have employees on staff and assigned to the project that are currently
indentured in or have successfully completed the IBEW/NECA three-year
Telecommunications Installer/Technician registered apprenticeship program. Contractor
shall maintain a ratio of 1 Technician to 1 indentured Apprentice. Contractor shall
provide documentation verifying the indentured status of Apprentices, and the
Department of Labor Certificates of Completion for the Installer/Technicians.
C. Contractor pulling the telecommunications cabling (if different from the prime
Telecommunications Contractor) shall meet all the same BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements,
and requirements of this specification, as the prime Telecommunications Contractor.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two
hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion.
1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the drawing schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal
quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Engineer at least 8 days prior to the
bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting
changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a
result of using the alternate manufacturer.
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories with a
minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar
to those specified below.
1.19 WARRANTY AND SERVICES
A. The entire telecommunications system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against
defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur
within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee
shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
B. A Manufacturer Product Warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all
components used in the system for 20 years from the date of registration. The Manufacturers
Product Warranty shall warrant the installed horizontal and/or backbone copper, and both the
horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system.
C. Continuing Maintenance: The contractor shall furnish an hourly rate with the proposal submittal,
which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will be used
when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACs).
MACs performed by an approved Contractor shall be added to the warranty.
D. Final Acceptance & System Certification: Completion of the installation, in-progress and final
inspections, receipt of the test and as-built documentation, and successful performance of the
cabling system for a two week period will constitute acceptance of the system. Upon successful
completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the end user shall be provided with a
numbered certificate registering the installation.
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor, issued
after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed
only by Contract Change Order.
B. Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general scope
of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the
Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by
Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract
Documents.
C. The cost or credit to Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by mutual
acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to
permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a
material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between
Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.
D. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy himself
that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of Owner.
1.21 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by Owner.
B. When all the work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment
installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.
C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment left
during the progress of this contract at job completion.
END OF SECTION 27 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PC TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS
27 00 10-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 27 70 00
NURSE CALL SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -
General Requirements and Section 27 00 10 – Telecommunications General Provisions are
applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, materials,
and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this nurse
call system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install
all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the
technical specifications or not.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data for nurse call cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts showing
technical data necessary to evaluate the materials.
1.04 WORK BY OTHERS
A. Unless noted otherwise, the building’s Electrical Contractor will provide field device backboxes if
needed, and conduit paths for use by Contractor.
1.05 FIRESTOPPING
A. Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all conduit sleeves and cable tray where required
to maintain integrity of fire walls. Contractor shall see architectural drawings for walls that require
fire rating.
1.06 ACCEPTABLE NURSE CALL CONTRACTORS
A. The contractor shall be one of the following:
1. CEC, Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 294-9000, contact Scott Brumwell
B. The contractor looking for a bid from the contractors listed above shall contact them as soon as
possible to ensure they are aware of the project and have adequate time to prepare a bid. Two
weeks should be considered a minimum.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 NURSE CALL SYSTEMS
A. Nurse call systems shall be provided with all applicable accessories as a system.
B. Acceptable Manufacturers:
1. Dukane (to match existing)
NURSE CALL SYSTEM
Rohrbach Associates PC
27 70 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Additional Nurse call System Requirements:
1.
The Nurse Call Contractor and installers shall both be certified to act as a Security System
Contractor and Installer in the State of Iowa in accordance with the alarm system contractor
certification program.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install nurse call systems cables, equipment, and auxiliary materials as indicated in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.
1. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all nurse call cable. Tie wraps shall
not be used.
2. Contractor shall use provided raceways or Contractor install J-hooks for all cabling. No
fastening cabling to conduits, piping, equipment, or anything other than Contractor
installed J-hooks.
3. All nurse call cabling shall be homerunned, no splicing.
B. Identify all nurse call cables as to field location.
1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of
wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear
plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of
cable end.
C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested.
1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables.
2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the nurse
call system is complete and operational.
3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.
D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and provided to Owner within 3 days.
1. Two hard copies shall be provided to Owner detailing the entire nurse call system after
installation. Each field position shall be labeled and cross referenced to the appropriate
head end position for ease of troubleshooting.
END OF SECTION 27 70 00
NURSE CALL SYSTEM
Rohrbach Associates PC
27 70 00-2
DIVISION 28
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
Blank Page
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 28 00 10
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Refer to Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements and Division 01 - General
Requirements, which all apply to work under this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section applies to all work under this division. This shall include, but not necessarily be
limited to, the following:
1. Furnish, install, and terminate all system equipment and cabling as applicable and per
drawings.
2. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and cable management as required and as
indicated.
3. Furnish any other material required to form a complete and operational system.
4. Provide As-Built drawings per Division 0 and/or Division 1 specification.
5. Provide Owner training and testing documentation.
6. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular
craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft.
7. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest
standards of the craft.
1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and
standards:
1. National Electrical Code
2. Local Electrical Code
3. National Fire Protection Association
4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
6. International Building Code as applicable
7. Occupational Safety and Health Act
8. Iowa Administrative Codes
9. TIA/EIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber
Cable Plant
10. TIA/EIA-526-14 Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable
Plant
11. TIA/EIA-568-B.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1:
General Requirements
12. TIA/EIA-568-B.2 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 2:
Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling Components
13. TIA/EIA-568-B.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard
14. TIA/EIA-569 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and
Spaces
15. TIA/EIA-570 Residential Telecommunications Wiring Standard
16. TIA/EIA-598 Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding
17. TIA/EIA-606 The Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of
Commercial Buildings
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 00 10-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
18. TIA/EIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for
Telecommunications
19. TIA/EIA-758 Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Cabling Standard
20. BICSI - TDMM, Building Industries Consulting Services International,
Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM)
21. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA - 70), National Electrical Code (NEC)
B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their work.
No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to
failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or
standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence,
but such questions shall be referred to Engineer for final decision.
1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies and
shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their
requirements regarding incoming services.
B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections.
1.05 FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS
A. Drawings for the fire alarm work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope
of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment.
B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact quantities
and locations for equipment.
C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions; scaling of
the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.
D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are not
shown, but where such items are required by code or where they are required for proper
installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.
1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES
A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to
beginning work in that area.
B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make request to
authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures.
C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance with
requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.
1.07 SITE INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the
conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities
and/or existing system wiring.
B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's
failure to make this inspection.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION
A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule of the
General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.
B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall
coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall
consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for
determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment
and the building. The Architect reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in
the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.
C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for
the various divisions shall be called to the attention of the Architect. If clarification is not asked for
prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in
agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the
contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Architect and the decision will be final.
D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material shall be
completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is
substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required
to restore equipment to original condition.
E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the
Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for checking to
assure that adequate protection is being provided.
F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the Contractor to
work in areas previously finished by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such
areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such
work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be
damaged in this respect.
G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are in
conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive
products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Engineer for final
decision.
1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly
engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by
Architect/Engineer. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.
B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,
controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and
function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when
required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.
1.10 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Architect, complete sets of shop drawings and other submittal
data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as much
as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete,
piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.
C. The Engineer will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the
plans and specifications.
D. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings
and specifications.
E. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not necessarily
limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below.
F. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule including
dates that the submittals will be to the Architect for review.
G. Submit required information on the following items:
CERTIFICATE
SPECEQUIPMENT DETAIL PRODSAMPLESINSTALL O & M OTHER
OF SYSTEM
SECTION DWGSDATAMETHODSMANUAL (SEE
DEMON-
NOTES)
STRATION
28 00 10 Manufacturer Certification
28 31 00 Fire Alarm System X X X X
Notes:
1. Contractor shall submit Manufacturer Certification for this system under Division 28 00 10.
See Approved Contractors paragraph for details.
1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Architect in duplicate upon
completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover
and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:
OPERATION
AND
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
(PROJECT NAME)
(LOCATION)
(DATE)
SUBMITTED BY
(NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR)
B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section shall
contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:
1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees.
2. Installation instructions.
3. Operating instructions.
4. Maintenance instructions.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Spare parts identification and ordering list.
6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number.
7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Architect/Engineer and Contractor shall be
included, if applicable, along with the items listed above.
1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. All systems shall be tested by the Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to
demonstrating systems to Owner.
1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to the
Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and
functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and
maintenance of such systems.
1. Provide adequate notice to the Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so
appropriate personnel can be present.
2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.
B. Equipment training:
1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of
equipment. The Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.
2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction
materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and
safe operating procedures.
3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.
4. The Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative
and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation
of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.
5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and
shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the
table below.
C. System training:
1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up,
operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.
D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:
SectionDescriptionHrs. on SiteHrs. off SitePresented ByOthers PresentRemarks
28 31 00 Fire Alarm System 4 0 Manufacturer’s Contractor 1
Representative
Remarks:
1. Perform complete system test at time of instruction.
E. The Contractor shall submit a certificate, signed by the Owner stating the date, time and persons
instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example
of a certificate form is as follows:
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION
This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the
Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been
completed to the Owner's satisfaction.
A. Project:
B. System(s):
C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:
Contractor: _____________________________
NAMES DATE HOURS
D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:
Owner:
NAMES DATE HOURS
Acknowledgement of demonstration:
E. Contractor's Representative:
signature
date
Owner's Representative:
signature
date
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC.
A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the
telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required
by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies.
1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment supplier,
manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to the Engineer at least 10 days prior to bid due
date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested.
Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance
are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for
which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, the Engineer will approve it in
an addenda. The Architect/Engineer will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an
item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.
B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical dimensions
and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated
by other trades as a result of the substitution.
1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS
A. The Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer and service provider for the product
submitted and installed. A copy of the Contractor’s manufacturer certification must be submitted
under this specification section for the Access Control Contractor and the Video Surveillance
Contractor if applicable to the project. The Contractor is responsible for workmanship and
installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and must be authorized
to provide a Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation.
B. The Contractor pulling the cabling (if different from the prime system Contractor) shall meet the
BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements found in the Division 27 General Provisions.
C. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two
hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion.
1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type, style,
dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or
on the plan schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality.
These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to the Engineer at least 8 days prior to the bid
due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.
B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product rejected at
time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.
C. If the Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility to
assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall
assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting
changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a
result of using the alternate manufacturer.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product requirements.
Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required.
Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are
not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.
1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or accessories
with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories
similar to those specified below.
1.19 WARRANTY AND SERVICES
A. The entire fire alarm system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed against defect in
materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the
guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not
limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.
B. A Manufacturer Product Warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all
components used in the system for 20 years from the date of registration. The Manufacturers
Product Warranty shall warrant the installed horizontal and/or backbone copper, and both the
horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system.
C. Continuing Maintenance: The contractor shall furnish an hourly rate with the proposal submittal,
which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will be used
when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACs).
MACs performed by an approved Contractor shall be added to the warranty.
D. Final Acceptance & System Certification: Completion of the installation, in-progress and final
inspections, receipt of the test and as-built documentation, and successful performance of the
cabling system for a two week period will constitute acceptance of the system. Upon successful
completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the end user shall be provided with a
numbered certificate registering the installation.
1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and
Contractor, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an
adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time
may be changed only by Contract Change Order.
B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum
and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be
authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of
the Contract Documents.
C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by
mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data
to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a
material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between
Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.
D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy
himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner.
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.21 COMPLETION
A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous and ready
for normal use by the Owner.
B. When all the work is complete the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and equipment
installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.
C. The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and equipment
left during the progress of this contract at job completion.
END OF SECTION 28 00 10
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS
28 001 0-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
SECTION 28 31 00
FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 - General
Requirements and Section 28 00 10 – Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions are
applicable to work required of this section.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The system installation and wiring shall comply with applicable provisions of the current issue of
NFPA-72 NFPA-80E, NFPA-90A, Life Safety Code NFPA 101, Iowa State Building Code, Iowa
Administrative Code, Americans with Disabilities Act, and codes and regulations of local authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of fire alarm and
detection system components and accessories.
C. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide fire alarm and detection system components which are
UL-listed and labeled.
D. FM Compliance: Provide fire alarm and detection systems and accessories which are FM-approved.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal data for the fire alarm equipment shall consist of shop drawings showing line diagrams, full
size drawings with device locations and addresses, quantities of equipment, catalog cuts showing
technical data necessary to evaluate the equipment and other descriptive data necessary to describe
fully the equipment proposed. Submittals shall show approval from Engineer.
B. In no instance shall the contract drawings be reproduced for shop drawing submittals.
C. Contractor is responsible for any fees associated with the review and approval of the fire alarm
drawings and product data by the State Fire Marshal’s (SFM’s) office. Contractor is also responsible
for completion of the required fire alarm system submittal form and submittal of the final fire alarm
shop drawings to the SFM. This form is available from the State at the following website:
http://www.dps.state.ia.us/fm/building/forms.shtml.
1.04 RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS
A. Record drawings shall be provided prior to the time of scheduling of the final inspection. They shall
include the location of the overcurrent protection that feeds any fire alarm related equipment and shall
be clearly marked on the drawings. Include changes made during system testing and acceptance.
1. The following should be included:
a. Alarm initiation devices with addresses.
b. Alarm signal devices with module locations/addresses and circuit numbers.
c. Door holders and smoke dampers with module location and addressed.
d. Air handling units with module and relay locations and addresses.
e. Junction pull boxes.
f. Layout of conduit with circuit identification.
g. 120 VAC power sources for control panels, door holders, and fire/smoke dampers.
h. Location of all end of line resistors.
A@
i. Calculations for voltage drop on circuits, battery, and audio amplifier sizing.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-1
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.05 SYSTEM OPERATION
A. Control of System: By the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
B. System Supervision: Automatically detect and report open circuits, shorts, and grounds of wiring for
initiating device, signaling line, and notification-appliance circuits.
C. Priority of Signals: Automatic alarm response functions resulting from an alarm signal from one zone
or device are not altered by subsequent alarm, supervisory, or trouble signals. An alarm signal is the
highest priority. Supervisory and trouble signals have second- and third-level priority. Higher-priority
signals take precedence over signals of lower priority, even when the lower-priority condition occurs
first. Annunciate and display all alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals regardless of priority or order
received.
D. Noninterference: A signal on one zone shall not prevent the receipt of signals from other zones.
E. System Reset: All zones are manually resettable from the Fire Alarm Control Panel after initiating
devices are restored to normal. Equipment that has been by-passed in software shall not change
state of condition during a "reset".
1. Fire Alarm Control Panel shall be reprogrammed so that it can be reset only when a security
level access level of 3 or greater is used.
F. Transmission to Remote Alarm Receiving Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and trouble
signals to a remote alarm station by means of a digital alarm communicator transmitter and telephone
lines.
G. System Alarm Capability during Circuit Fault Conditions: System wiring and circuit arrangement
prevent alarm capability reduction when a single ground or open circuit occurs in an initiating device
circuit, signal line circuit, or notification-appliance circuit.
H. Loss of primary power at the Fire Alarm Control Panel initiates a trouble signal at the Fire Alarm
Control Panel and the annunciator. An emergency power light is illuminated at both locations when
the system is operating on the secondary power supply.
I. Basic Alarm Performance Requirements: Unless otherwise indicated, operation of a manual station,
automatic alarm operation of a smoke or flame or heat detector, or operation of a sprinkler flow device
initiates the following:
1. Notification-appliance operation.
2. Identification at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the remote annunciator of the device
originating the alarm.
3. Transmission of an alarm signal to the remote alarm receiving station.
4. Release of fire and smoke doors held open.
5. Release of fire and smoke doors hold open if a detector adjacent to the door is in alarm.
6. Recall of elevators if the alarm is initiated by a detector located in an associated machine
room, hoistway, or elevator lobby.
7. Shutdown of fans and other air-handling equipment serving the fire zone where alarm was
initiated.
8. Closing of smoke dampers in air ducts of system serving the fire zone where alarm was
initiated.
9. Recording of the event in the system memory.
J. Alarm Silencing, System Reset and Indication: Controlled by switches in the Fire Alarm Control Panel
and the remote annunciator.
1. Silencing-switch operation halts alarm operation of notification appliances and activates an
"alarm silence" light. Display of identity of the alarm zone or device is retained.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-2
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
2. Subsequent alarm signals from other devices or fire zones reactivate notification appliances
until silencing switch is operated again.
3. When alarm-initiating devices return to normal and system reset switch is operated,
notification appliances operate again until alarm silence switch is reset.
K. Smoke detection for zones or detectors with alarm verification initiates the following:
1. Audible and visible indication of an "alarm verification" signal at the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
2. Activation of a listed and approved "alarm verification" sequence Fire Alarm Control Panel "
and the detector
3. General alarm if the alarm is verified.
4. Cancellation of the Fire Alarm Control Panel indication and system reset if the alarm is not
verified.
L. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the Fire Alarm Control Panel
causes the selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their current
status and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings. Same controls can be used to
program repetitive, scheduled, automated changes in sensitivity of specific detectors. Sensitivity
adjustments and sensitivity-adjustment schedule changes are recorded in system memory and are
printed out by the system printer.
M. Removal of an alarm-initiating device or a notification appliance initiates the following:
1. A "trouble" signal indication at the Fire Alarm Control Panel and the annunciator for the
device or zone involved.
2. Transmission of trouble signal to remote alarm receiving station.
N. Fire Alarm Control Panel Alphanumeric Display: Plain-English-language descriptions of alarm,
supervisory, and trouble events; and addresses and locations of alarm-initiating or supervisory
devices originating the report. Display monitoring actions, system and component status, system
commands, programming information, and data from the system's historical memory.
1. The upper line of the display shall indicate the zone in alarm according to the zone schedule
on drawings.
2. The lower line of the display shall indicate the address of the device in alarm.
O. LED Lights:
1. Only fire alarm zone lights and "device type" lights shall annunciate with a red LED. Device
type, address and exact location shall annunciate on the digital readout.
2. Any by-pass, disable, or trouble condition shall annunciate with an amber LED, a trouble
sounder and annunciate on the digital readout. A "trouble pending" control module shall be
included.
1.06 ACTIVE SYSTEMS
A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Existing system equipment shall remain and be removed as
scheduled as construction progresses.
B. Equipment Removal:
1. Package operational fire alarm and detection equipment that has been removed and not re-
used under new work and deliver to Owner.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-3
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps for Strobe Units: Quantity equal to 10 percent of amount installed, but not less than
one unit.
2. Smoke Detectors and Heat Detectors: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type
installed, but not less than one unit of each type.
3. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed, but not less
than one unit of each type.
4. Keys and Tools: Five (5) extra sets for access to be locked and tamperproofed components.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights
Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and
run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract
Documents.
B. Special Warranty: A written warranty, signed by Contractor and manufacturer, agreeing to replace
components that do not meet requirements or that fall within the specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Final Acceptance. Full warranty applies throughout
the warranty period.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire alarm and detection systems of
one of the following:
1. Simplex: Tyco/Grinnell (to match existing)
2. The equipment supplier shall provide the services of a factory trained representative. They
shall supervise the system installation and final connections to the equipment and provide
testing to assure that the system is in proper operating condition.
2.02 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEMS
A. General: Provide fire alarm and detection system products of types, sizes, and capacities indicated,
which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components; construct in accordance
with published product information, and as required for complete installation. Provide fire alarm and
detection systems for applications indicated, with the sequence of operations, components and
function features indicated.
B. Materials and Equipment:
1. Wiring System Materials: Provide basic wiring materials which comply with 26 0010 –
Electrical General Provisions, 26 0553 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems, and 26
0519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables; types to be selected by
Installer.
a. Junction and Pull Boxes:
1) Junction and pull boxes shall be clearly marked. This shall be done by
painting the covers red, and properly labeling them.
2) All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'0" from the floor shall be a
minimum size of 4-11/16".
3) No box extensions shall be permitted on new work.
4) All junction boxes shall be readily accessible.
5) No splicing in device mounting boxes.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-4
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
C. Manufacturer's Equipment: Provide manufacturer's standard construction equipment for material
noted below:
1. Central Fire Alarm Control Panel.
Existing
a.Simplex 4020 networked system with head end graphic command system.
All devices to be served from one (1) panel.
2. Manual Pull Stations
a. Description: Fabricated of metal, and finished in red with molded, raised-letter
operating instructions of contrasting color.
1) Double-action mechanism requires two actions, such as a push and a pull,
to initiate an alarm.
2) Station Reset: Key or wrench operated; double pole, double throw; switch
rated for the voltage and current at which it operates.
3) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate manual-station
status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
4) When surface-mounting pull stations, fire alarm equipment provider shall
provide back boxes to match pull stations.
3. Smoke Detectors
a. General: Include the following features:
1) Operating Voltage: 24-V dc, nominal.
2) Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after
actuation to restore them to normal operation.
3) Plug-in Arrangement: Detector and associated electronic components are
mounted in a module that connects in a tamper-resistant manner to a fixed
base with a twist-locking plug connection. Terminals in the fixed base accept
building wiring.
4) Sensitivity: Can be tested and adjusted in-place after installation.
5) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status
(normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
6) Remote Controllability: Unless otherwise indicated, detectors are analog-
addressable type, individually monitored at the Fire Alarm Control Panel for
calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and individually adjustable for
sensitivity from the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
b. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors: Include the following features:
1) Sensor: LED or infrared light source with matching silicon-cell receiver.
2) Detector Sensitivity: Between 2.5 and 3.5 percent/foot smoke obscuration
when tested according to UL 268A.
3) Magnetically actuated test switch.
4) Integral Thermal Detector: Fixed-temperature type with 135 deg F setting.
c. Duct Smoke Detector: Photoelectric type.
1) Sampling Tube: Design and dimensions as recommended by the
manufacturer for the specific duct size, air velocity, and installation
conditions where applied.
2) Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit.
4. Other Detectors
a. Heat Detector, Combination Type: Actuated by either a fixed temperature or rate of
rise of temperature.
1) Analog temperature measuring device with setpoint (rating) set by Fire
Alarm Control Panel.
2) Mounting: Plug-in base, interchangeable with smoke detector bases, where
available.
3) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status
(normal, alarm, or trouble) to the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-5
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
5. Notification Appliances
a. Description: Equip for mounting as indicated and have screw terminals for system
connections.
1) Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in a
single-mounting assembly.
b. Visible Alarm Devices: Xenon strobe lights listed under UL 1971 with clear or
nominal white polycarbonate lens. Mount lens on an aluminum faceplate. The word
"FIRE" is engraved in minimum 1-inch- high letters on the lens.
1) Rated Light Output: 15/75 candela minimum per UL 1971 for ADA use
unless otherwise indicated on drawing or required to meet NFPA 72 criteria.
2) Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
3) Synchronized operation.
c. Horns:
1) Devices shall match existing
2) Mounting:
a) Wall: Surface with red housing.
6. Magnetic Door Holders
a. Description: Equipment shall be provided as part of the door hardware equipment
and connected by Contractor.
7. Addressable Interface Devices
a. Monitor Module: Microelectronic module listed for use in providing a multiplex system
address for listed fire and sprinkler alarm-initiating devices with normally open
contacts; allows individual monitoring of non-addressable points.
b. Control Module: Microelectronic module listed for use in providing a multiplex system
address to relays for system control functions.
1) Relay: 24 VDC coil with red LED when in the "alarm" state; contacts rated
10A, 115 VAC, minimum; suitable for control function required.
8. Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter
a. Exists in existing headend equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor/Installer shall meet with Owner prior to performing any work on existing/new system(s).
Meeting shall determine existing building system functions and approach Contractor/Installer will take
to remove the existing system. And, determine Contractor’s/Installer’s plan to install new system
which includes raceway runs, typical wiring practices, and device and equipment installation, also to
provide Contractor/Installer with Owner’s expectations.
B. The locations and spacing of alarm initiating devices and strobes indicated on the drawings are
approximate. The equipment supplier shall verify device requirements and spacing and shall add
devices as required to satisfy governing authorities. It shall be the responsibility of the equipment
supplier or his representative to determine the type of detector required by local authorities for each
type of installation.
C. Install the fire alarm system in accordance with approved manufacturer's wiring diagrams. Furnish all
conduit, wiring, outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets, and similar devices necessary for a complete
installation. Boxes shall be installed in accessible spaces without requiring the removal of light fixtures
or any other equipment.
D. Coordinate system programming with the authority having jurisdiction.
E. Provide 120 volt power to annunciator panels and remote signal circuit power supplies.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-6
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
F. Coordinate the installation of equipment and devices that pertain to the work of other trades with the
appropriate contractors.
3.02 DEVICE INSTALLATION
A. Provide devices as indicated on drawings and as required to perform specified functions.
B. Initiating Devices:
1. Smoke Detectors:
a. Cover all smoke detection devices immediately after installation to maintain
cleanliness.
b. Install within five feet of each door held open by the fire alarm system.
c. Where adjacent to an air shaft, supply diffuser or return grille, install smoke detector
36 inches minimum from the edge of the diffuser or grille.
d. Provide a smoke detector within 10 feet of each remote power supply panel.
2. Duct Detectors:
a. Provide duct type smoke detectors in the return ductwork of all air handling
equipment with a flow rate of 2000 CFM or higher.
b. Provide duct type smoke detectors in the return ductwork of all air handling
equipment which has a flow rate of 15,000 CFM or higher and which serves more
than one floor, install at each story prior to the connection to a common return and
prior to recirculation or fresh air inlet connection.
c. Install duct detectors in accordance with NFPA 90A.
d. Provide a remote alarm LED indicator for each duct smoke detector which is not
readily visible or which is located above a ceiling or on a roof. Mount in an easily
accessible and readily visible location. Label with the name of the unit served by the
detector. Indicate whether the detector is installed in the supply or return ductwork.
e. Provide a labeled test switch with LED indicator for each duct smoke detector. Install
switch at a height between 48 inches and 72 inches above finished floor.
3. Provide heat detectors in areas where smoke detectors would be subject to false alarm.
4. Program address for each device as directed by Owner or stated elsewhere in specification.
5. Program device output text by address and geographic location.
6. Provide an addressable interface module for each non-addressable device.
7. Provide an addressable interface module for each non-addressable initiating device.
C. Signaling Devices:
1. Where plans indicate a signaling device installed adjacent to a manual station, install the
signaling device on the wall directly above the manual station.
2. Signaling devices shall be completely deactivated by pressing "signal silence".
3. Audibles shall be placed so that they can be heard a minimum of 15 decibels above the
ambient decibel level in all locations (refer to NFPA 72G and ISBC 17.705(12)).
D. Control Devices:
1. All devices controlled by the Fire Alarm Control Panel (i.e. dampers, doors, elevators, etc.)
shall be operated by the use of "control modules" and not by relay type device on detector
bases. No auxiliary equipment shall be directly connected to LMX control modules. Control
modules shall activate a 24VDC relay with LED when in the "alarm".
2. Elevators: Verify recall requirements with local codes, authorities, and installers prior to
system programming. Provide control modules and relays as required.
3. Provide a control module and relay for each door or group of doors to be held open.
4. Provide control modules and relays as required to implement the required control sequences.
5. Provide control modules and relays for remote indication of alarm and trouble conditions.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-7
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26, Section 26 0533 - Raceways
and Boxes for Electrical Systems. Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as indicated.
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as recommended
by the manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the
enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Connect conductors
that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to
terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections
with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. Do
not install spare conductors in conduits or junction boxes.
C. Cable Taps: All cables in the fire alarm control panel, junction boxes, and pull boxes shall be clearly
marked in English (i.e. SLC 1, 3rd Floor Speakers, etc.). Label all junction box covers to indicate
circuits and/or devices enclosed. Label inside cover of all junction boxes in finished areas. Label
outside cover of all junction boxes in unfinished/concealed areas.
D. Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use
one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for supervisory circuits. Color-code
audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible
alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red and provide circuit
labels on inside of cover.
E. Wiring to Remote Alarm Transmitting Device: 1-inch conduit between the Fire Alarm Control Panel
and the transmitter. Install number of conductors and electrical supervision for connecting wiring as
needed to suit monitoring function.
F. Install end-of-line resistors at the farthest device from panel or module in a separate junction box
clearly marked "End-of-Line Resistor.
G. Conductors (minimum size and color) and raceways shall be provided as listed below, unless
otherwise recommended by the system manufacturer or required by the authority having jurisdiction:
1. 120VAC 12AWG
2. Initiating circuits #18 tw/sh pair White (+) Black (-)
3. Audible signaling circuits
a. Horns/bells #14AWG Red (+) Black (-)
b. Speakers #14 tw/sh pair Red (+) Black (-)
4. Module power #14AWG Violet (+) Blue (-)
5. Resettable module power #14AWG Yellow (+) Gray(-)
6. Visual signaling circuits #14AWG Red (+) Black (-)
7. Door holder/smoke dampers #14AWG Brown (+) White (-)
8. Control circuits #14 AWG
H. Conduit fill and box fill never to exceed 50%.
I. No spare conductors shall be installed in conduits or junction boxes.
J. 3M #130C rubber tape (or approved equal) shall be used to insulate grounding shields.
K. If surface Wiremold is specified, it shall be no smaller than 700 size.
L. All junction and pull boxes located at or above 8'-0" from the floor shall be a minimum size of 4-11/16"
square by 2-1/8" deep.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-8
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
M. No box extensions shall be permitted on new work.
N. All fire alarm devices, junction and pull boxes shall be installed so they are accessible without
removing light fixtures, equipment, conduits, junction boxes or other items.
O. No splicing will be allowed in device mounting boxes.
P. "End of Line Resistors" shall be located at the device that is farthest away from the panel or module.
Q. All devices being controlled by the fire alarm control panel (i.e. dampers, doors, etc.) shall be
operated by the use of control modules and not by relay type devices in detector bases. No auxiliary
equipment shall be directly connected to an addressable control module. Each control module shall
activate a 24 vdc relay with LED when in the "alarm" state.
R. Back boxes shall be provided by equipment supplier for any surface-mounted pull stations or signaling
devices.
S. T-taps may be used for signaling line circuits if manufacturer's recommendations are followed.
3.04 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals according to Division 26, Section
Identification for Electrical Systems.
B. Install instructions frame in a location visible from the Fire Alarm Control Panel.
C. Affix the name and telephone number of the local service organization to the inside of the door of the
Fire Alarm Control Panel and each remote cabinet.
D. Label each control module to indicate the equipment controlled.
E. Maintain wiring color codes throughout the system.
F. All labels shall be on the inside of the cover.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. Ground cable shields and equipment according to system manufacturer's written instructions to
eliminate shock hazard and to minimize, to the greatest extent possible, ground loops, common-mode
returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments.
B. Ground equipment and conductor and cable shields. For audio circuits, minimize, to the greatest
extent possible, ground loops, common-mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other
impairments. Provide 5-ohm ground at main equipment location. Measure, record, and report ground
resistance.
3.06 ACCEPTANCE TESTING
A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-
assembled components and connections and to supervise pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the
system. Report results in writing.
B. Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for performing a “Pre-Test” of the Fire Alarm System and
preparing/ completing "Test Log".
1. All equipment shall be installed prior to completing "Pre-Test".
2. Scope of the Pre-Test is to:
a. “Align, adjust, and balance the system.”
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-9
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
b. Confirm compliance with the drawings and specifications.
c. Install, test and check for operation of 100% of all fire alarm equipment and items
being controlled by the fire alarm system.
3. Manufacturer’s representative is to be involved in the pre-test.
4. Perform a thorough cleaning of the fire alarm system so each detector’s chamber value reads
less than 50%.
5. At completion of the pre-test, the fire alarm system is to be complete and ready for owner
acceptance.
6. Complete a “Test Log”, a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results.
C. In preparation for the final test, Contractor shall:
1. Submit a “Test Log” and test forms from NFPA 72 and include a print out proving detector
chamber values of less than 50% for all detectors.
2. Provide a letter certifying pre-test compliance and a list of witnesses.
3. Provide an up to date and complete printout of software at the time of final inspection and
after any and all corrections or changes.
4. Upon approval of the above items, schedule the Final Test with Owner’s representative with a
minimum of 10 days notice. Those present shall be Manufacturer’s representative, Owner’s
representative, Contractor and necessary local code and fire authorities.
D. Contractor shall perform a Final “Minimum System Test” per NFPA 72.
1. Contractor shall test all equipment per minimum system testing requirements and maintain a
"Test Log".
2. Contractor to have sufficient personnel to conduct the test efficiently.
3. Upon completion of the Final Test Contractor will submit the Test Log.
4. Owner’s representative has the authority to void the Final Test if it is proven during the Final
Test that the Fire Alarm system installation is not complete.
a. Voiding the Final Test will require Contractor to schedule another Final Test.
5. Upon approval of Final Test, successful owner training and submittal of completed “As-Built”
drawings and O&M manuals, Owner will provide Contractor with acceptance of new Fire
Alarm System.
a. Owner acceptance does not constitute “Project Closeout” or completion of “Final
Punch List”
b. Owner acceptance only relieves Contractor of testing requirements, it does not
relieve Contractor of other contract requirements.
c. Final Testing does not constitute Owner training.
d. Owner acceptance provides approval to activate the new Fire Alarm System as the
primary system.
6. Contractor shall perform final test in the presence of manufacturer's representative, Owner's
representatives, and necessary local code authorities.
E. Minimum System Tests' test the system according to procedures outlined in NFPA 72. Minimum
required tests are as follows:
1. Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground.
2. Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device.
3. With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of the circuit and measure the circuit
resistance with an ohm meter. Record the circuit resistance of each circuit on record
drawings.
4. Verify that the control unit is in the normal condition as detailed in the manufacturer's
operation and maintenance manual.
5. Test initiating and indicating circuits for proper signal transmission under open circuit
conditions. One connection each should be opened at not less than 10 percent of initiating
and indicating devices. Observe proper signal transmission according to class of wiring used.
6. Test each initiating and indicating device for alarm operation and proper response at the
control unit. Test smoke detectors with actual products of combustion.
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-10
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
7. Test the system for all specified functions according to the approved operation and
maintenance manual. Systematically initiate specified functional performance items at each
station, including making all possible alarm and monitoring initiations and using all
communications options. For each item, observe related performance at all devices required
to be affected by the item under all system sequences. Observe indicating lights, displays,
signal tones, and annunciator indications. Observe all voice audio for routing, clarity, quality,
freedom from noise and distortion, and proper volume level.
8. Test Both Primary and Secondary Power: Verify by test that the secondary power system is
capable of operating the system for the period and in the manner specified.
9. Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such
deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets Specifications and
complies with applicable standards.
10. Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed
test results in the form of a test log. Submit log on the satisfactory completion of test
F. The manufacturer's authorized representative shall perform a 100% quality inspection of the final
installation and in the presence of Contractor, Owner's Representative and local code and fire
authorities, shall perform a complete finished test of all aspects of the system. A system certification
verifying the proper system operation shall be required prior to acceptance.
G. Audible sound level measurements shall be conducted throughout the entire building, and all spaces
with the evacuation system off and sounding.
3.07 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
A. Cleaning: Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and marred
finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by
manufacturer. Provide detector cleaning report proving a maximum chamber value of 50% for all
detectors.
3.08 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel as
specified below:
1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, adjusting, and maintaining equipment and schedules.
Provide a minimum of 8 hours training.
2. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of software program training.
3. Training Aid: Use the approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual as a
training aid.
4. Schedule training with Owner, with at least seven days advance notice.
3.09 MAINTENANCE
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide
on-site assistance in adjusting sound levels, controls, and sensitivities to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to three requested visits to Project site for this purpose.
B. Provide a maintenance contract from the local service organization beginning on the date of
Substantial Completion and remaining in force throughout the warranty period. Include required NFPA
testing at times scheduled by Owner.
C. Provide Owner with a proposal from the local service organization for a one-year maintenance
contract beginning at the end of the warranty period.
END OF SECTION 28 31 00
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-11
Mercy Iowa City MH #13-01
Endoscopy Unit Renovation RAPC #1217
[BLANK PAGE]
Rohrbach Associates PC FIRE ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
28 31 00-12